1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file.  The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}.  The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}.  The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine.  @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure::    The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver::              Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target::     Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data::   Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout::      Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout::         Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers::           Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes::    Defining the classes of hardware registers.
35* Stack and Calling::   Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs::             Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines::         Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls::       Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes::    Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses::  Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code::      Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs::               Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling::          Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections::            Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC::                 Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format::    Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info::      Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point::      Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching::      Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes::   Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS::        Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors::   MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target::          Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI::             Controlling C++ ABI changes.
55* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
56* Misc::                Everything else.
57@end menu
58
59@node Target Structure
60@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
61@cindex target hooks
62@cindex target functions
63
64@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
65The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
66which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
67machine.  The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
68@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
69used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
70for elements of the structure.  The @file{.c} file should override those
71macros for which the default definition is inappropriate.  For example:
72@smallexample
73#include "target.h"
74#include "target-def.h"
75
76/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.}  */
77
78#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
79#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
80
81struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
82@end smallexample
83@end deftypevar
84
85Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
86form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
87``Target Hook'' with a prototype.  Many macros will change in future
88from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
89@code{targetm} structure.
90
91Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
92specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
93Target Hook''.  This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
94initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
95@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
96themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
97@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
98
99Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
100are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
101documented as ``Common Target Hook''.  This is declared in
102@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
103@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
104@file{common/common-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize
105@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
106@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
107default definition is used.
108
109@node Driver
110@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
111@cindex driver
112@cindex controlling the compilation driver
113
114@c prevent bad page break with this line
115You can control the compilation driver.
116
117@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
118A list of specs for the driver itself.  It should be a suitable
119initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
120
121The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
122default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
123choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands.  It
124applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
125options added by earlier ones.  It is also possible to remove options
126using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
127
128This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
129options.  It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
130that the other specs are easier to write.
131
132Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
133@end defmac
134
135@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
136A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
137@option{--with} options) in the driver.  It should be a suitable initializer
138for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
139outermost pair of surrounding braces.
140
141The first item in the pair is the name of the default.  This must match
142the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target.  The second item is a spec
143to apply if a default with this name was specified.  The string
144@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
145everywhere it occurs.
146
147The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
148default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
149the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
150
151Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
152@end defmac
153
154@defmac CPP_SPEC
155A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
156pass to CPP@.  It can also specify how to translate options you
157give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
158
159Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
160@end defmac
161
162@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
163This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
164than C@.  If you do not define this macro, then the value of
165@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
166@end defmac
167
168@defmac CC1_SPEC
169A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
170pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
171front ends.
172It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
173for GCC to pass to front ends.
174
175Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
176@end defmac
177
178@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
179A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
180pass to @code{cc1plus}.  It can also specify how to translate options you
181give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
182
183Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
184Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
185@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
186CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
187@end defmac
188
189@defmac ASM_SPEC
190A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
191pass to the assembler.  It can also specify how to translate options
192you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
193See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
194
195Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
200run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
201Normally, this is not needed.  See the file @file{mips.h} for
202an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
208Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
209an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
210read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
211output of the compiler proper).  This argument is given after any
212@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
213
214If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
215standard input if given no non-option arguments.  If your assembler
216cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
217see @file{mips.h} for instance.
218@end defmac
219
220@defmac LINK_SPEC
221A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
222pass to the linker.  It can also specify how to translate options you
223give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
224
225Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
226@end defmac
227
228@defmac LIB_SPEC
229Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The difference
230between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
231command given to the linker.
232
233If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
234loads the standard C library from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
238Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
239how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
240linker command line.  This constant is placed both before and after
241the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
242
243If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
244passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
245@end defmac
246
247@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
248By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
249@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
250instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
251depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
252@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}.  On
253targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
254@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead.  @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
255driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
256line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
257@end defmac
258
259@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
260A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
261mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.  If nonzero, a spec will be
262generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
263shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
264static exception handler library, when linking without any of
265@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
269If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
270When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
271the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
272@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
273@end defmac
274
275@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
276Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
277difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
278the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
279
280If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
281standard C startup file from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
286difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very end of the command given to the linker.
288
289Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
290@end defmac
291
292@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
293GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
294However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
295models, such as AIX 4.3.  On such platforms, define
296@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
297blanks that names one of the recognized thread models.  @code{%*}, the
298default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
299@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
300@end defmac
301
302@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
303Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
304configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
305et al, within sysroot+suffix.
306@end defmac
307
308@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
309Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
310GCC is configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to pass the
311updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
312usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
313@end defmac
314
315@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
316Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
317@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
318@code{CC1_SPEC}.
319
320The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
321containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
322string constant that provides the specification.
323
324Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
325
326@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
327related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
328to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
329these definitions.
330
331For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
332define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
333used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
334used.
335
336The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
337
338@smallexample
339#define EXTRA_SPECS \
340  @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
341
342#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
343@end smallexample
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
346@smallexample
347#undef CPP_SPEC
348#define CPP_SPEC \
349"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
350%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
351%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
352%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
353
354#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
355#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
356@end smallexample
357
358while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
359@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
360
361@smallexample
362#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
363#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
364@end smallexample
365@end defmac
366
367@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
368Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
369@file{libgcc.a}.  If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
370the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
371@end defmac
372
373@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
374The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
375By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
376@end defmac
377
378@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
379A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
380linker.  When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
381change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}.  Therefore,
382define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
383line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
384the effect you need.  Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
385@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
386@end defmac
387
388@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
389
390@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
391Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
392string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
393target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
394@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
395
396Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
397the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
398@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
399@xref{Target Fragment}.
400@end defmac
401
402@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
403Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
404a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
405indicates an absolute file name.
406@end defmac
407
408@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
409If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
410@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
411when the compiler is built as a cross
412compiler.  If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
413to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.in}.
414@end defmac
415
416@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
417Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
418standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
419try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
420@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
421is built as a cross compiler.
422@end defmac
423
424@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
425Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
426standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
427when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
428@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
429is built as a cross compiler.
430@end defmac
431
432@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
433Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
434standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
435default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
436@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
437is built as a cross compiler.
438@end defmac
439
440@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
441If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
442standard prefixes.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
443compiler is built as a cross compiler.
444@end defmac
445
446@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
447If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
448standard prefixes.  It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
449cross compiler.
450@end defmac
451
452@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
453Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
454variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
455loader.  The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
456initialize the necessary environment variables.
457@end defmac
458
459@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
460Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
461standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
462try when searching for local header files.  @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
463comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
464@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
465
466Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
467replacement.
468@end defmac
469
470@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
471The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
472See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
473If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
474@end defmac
475
476@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
477Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
478for include files.  For a native compiler, the default search path
479usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
480@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
481@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.  In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
482and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
483and specify private search areas for GCC@.  The directory
484@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
485
486The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
487Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
488string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
489for C++-only directories,
490and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
491wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++.  Mark the end of
492the array with a null element.
493
494The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
495if any, in all uppercase letters.  For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
496or @samp{BINUTILS}.  If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
497operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
498
499For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
500
501@smallexample
502#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
503@{                                       \
504  @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@},   \
505  @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@},    \
506  @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@},  \
507  @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@},                      \
508  @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@}                         \
509@}
510@end smallexample
511@end defmac
512
513Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
514
515@enumerate
516@item
517Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
518
519@item
520The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
521is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
522@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
523
524@item
525The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
526
527@item
528The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
529in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
530
531@item
532The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
533
534@item
535The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
536
537@item
538The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
539compiler.
540@end enumerate
541
542Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
543
544@enumerate
545@item
546Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
547
548@item
549The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
550value based on the installed toolchain location.
551
552@item
553The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
554(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
555
556@item
557The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
558in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
559
560@item
561The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
562
563@item
564The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
565compiler.
566
567@item
568The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
569native compiler, or we have a target system root.
570
571@item
572The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
573native compiler, or we have a target system root.
574
575@item
576The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
577If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
578the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
579
580@item
581The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
582compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
583@file{/lib/}.
584
585@item
586The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
587compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
588@file{/usr/lib/}.
589@end enumerate
590
591@node Run-time Target
592@section Run-time Target Specification
593@cindex run-time target specification
594@cindex predefined macros
595@cindex target specifications
596
597@c prevent bad page break with this line
598Here are run-time target specifications.
599
600@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
601This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
602built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
603the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
604@code{builtin_assert}.  When the front end
605calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
606finished command line option processing your code can use those
607results freely.
608
609@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
610command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
611the assertion.  @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
612accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
613
614@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
615object-like macro.  If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
616@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally.  Otherwise, it
617defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
618with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
619only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line.  For
620example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
621and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
622@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
623defines only @code{_ABI64}.
624
625You can also test for the C dialect being compiled.  The variable
626@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
627or @code{clk_objective_c}.  Note that if we are preprocessing
628assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
629macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
630to check for that first.  If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
631variable @code{flag_iso} can be used.  The function-like macro
632@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
633preprocessing.
634@end defmac
635
636@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
637Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
638and is used for the target operating system instead.
639@end defmac
640
641@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
642Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
643and is used for the target object format.  @file{elfos.h} uses this
644macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
645it yourself.
646@end defmac
647
648@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
649This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
650any target-specific headers.
651@end deftypevar
652
653@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
654This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
655Its default setting is 0.
656@end deftypevr
657
658@cindex optional hardware or system features
659@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
660
661@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
662This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
663target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
664(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
665processing and should return true if the option is valid.  The default
666definition does nothing but return true.
667
668@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments.  @var{opts} and
669@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
670storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
671option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
672via attributes).
673@end deftypefn
674
675@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
676This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
677target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
678definition files(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some
679option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
680valid.  The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}.  The
681default definition does nothing but return false.
682
683In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
684options.  However, if processing an option requires routines that are
685only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
686should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
687@end deftypefn
688
689@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
690
691@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
692
693@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
694
695@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
696
697@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
698
699@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
700
701@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
702This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
703but is only used in the C
704language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
705used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
706frontends.
707@end defmac
708
709@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
710Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
711various optimization levels.   This variable, if defined, describes
712options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels.  These
713options are processed once
714just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
715of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
716options passed explicitly.
717
718This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
719options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
720@code{optimize} attribute.
721@end deftypevr
722
723@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
724
725@hook TARGET_OPTION_DEFAULT_PARAMS
726
727@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
728Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
729during compilation.  For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
730the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16.  Source code
731can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
732and @code{nomips16} attributes.
733
734Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
735registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
736operations, and so on.  GCC caches a lot of this type of information
737in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
738significant amount of time.  The compiler therefore provides a facility
739for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
740switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
741
742Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility.  The default
743is 0.
744@end defmac
745
746@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
747
748@node Per-Function Data
749@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
750@cindex per-function data
751@cindex data structures
752
753If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
754provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this.  Note, just
755using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
756nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
757when another one comes along.
758
759GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
760contains all of the data specific to an individual function.  This
761structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
762@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
763to their own specific data.
764
765If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
766@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
767This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
768@code{init_machine_status}.  This pointer is explained below.
769
770One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
771RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address.  This
772RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
773function, for level 0.
774
775Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
776all of the per-function information.  Thus when processing of a nested
777function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
778stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
779stack.  GCC used to provide function pointers called
780@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
781the saving and restoring of the target specific information.  Since the
782single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
783longer supported.
784
785@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
786Macro called to initialize any target specific information.  This macro
787is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
788The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
789function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
790@end defmac
791
792@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
793If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
794function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
795target to perform any target specific initialization of the
796@code{struct function} structure.  It is intended that this would be
797used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
798
799@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
800Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
801GC allocation, including the structure itself.
802@end deftypevar
803
804@node Storage Layout
805@section Storage Layout
806@cindex storage layout
807
808Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
809alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant.  They can be C
810expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
811@xref{Run-time Target}.
812
813@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
814Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
815byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
816This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
817bit.  If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
818be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to.  This
819macro need not be a constant.
820
821This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
822bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
823@end defmac
824
825@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
826Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
827word has the lowest number.  This macro need not be a constant.
828@end defmac
829
830@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
831Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
832most significant word has the lowest number.  This applies to both
833memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
834order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers.  This
835macro need not be a constant.
836@end defmac
837
838@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
839On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
840registers in memory.  In such a situation, define this macro to describe
841the order of words in a register.  The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
842the order of words in memory.
843@end defmac
844
845@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
846Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
847@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
848containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
849have the value 0.  This macro need not be a constant.
850
851You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
852multi-word integers.
853@end defmac
854
855@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
856Number of bits in a word.  If you do not define this macro, the default
857is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
858@end defmac
859
860@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
861Maximum number of bits in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
862@code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
863largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
864@end defmac
865
866@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
867Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
868register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
869@end defmac
870
871@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
872Minimum number of units in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
873@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
874smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
875@end defmac
876
877@defmac POINTER_SIZE
878Width of a pointer, in bits.  You must specify a value no wider than the
879width of @code{Pmode}.  If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
880you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}.  If you do not specify
881a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
882@end defmac
883
884@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
885A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
886@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}.  It is
887greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
888should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
889is needed.  In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
890@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
891
892You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
893and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
894@end defmac
895
896@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
897A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
898is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
899stored in a register.  This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
900scalar type.
901
902On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
903register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
904@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  In most
905cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
906floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
907counterparts.
908
909For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
910However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
911either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes.  For example, on
912the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
913sign-extend the result to 64 bits.  On such machines, set
914@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
915
916Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
917@end defmac
918
919@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
920
921@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
922Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
923bits.  All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
924regardless of data type.  On most machines, this is the same as the
925size of an integer.
926@end defmac
927
928@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
929Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
930stack pointer on this machine.  The definition is a C expression for the
931desired alignment (measured in bits).  This value is used as a default
932if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined.  On most machines,
933this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
934@end defmac
935
936@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
937Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
938stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces.  The definition
939is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits).  This
940macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
941@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
942@end defmac
943
944@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
945Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
946from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.  This macro must evaluate
947to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
948@end defmac
949
950@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
951Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
952@end defmac
953
954@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
955Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
956bits.  Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
957just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
958@end defmac
959
960@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
961
962@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
963Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
964provide.  If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
965@end defmac
966
967@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
968Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct.  If
969not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
970@end defmac
971
972@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
973If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
974object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
975nearby object.  Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
976on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
977@end defmac
978
979@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
980Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
981machine, in bits.  If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
982structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
983by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
984@end defmac
985
986@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{computed})
987An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} if the
988alignment computed in the usual way (including applying of
989@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
990alignment) is @var{computed}.  It overrides alignment only if the
991field alignment has not been set by the
992@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
993@end defmac
994
995@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
996Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend.  Use this macro
997to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
998
999If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1000
1001@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1002@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1003@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1004@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1005@end defmac
1006
1007@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1008Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1009Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
1010@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.  If not defined,
1011the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1012
1013On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1014the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
1015a 32-bit host e.g. @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
1016On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1017@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1018@end defmac
1019
1020@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1021If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1022the static store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1023the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1024macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1025
1026If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1027
1028@findex strcpy
1029One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1030make it all fit in fewer cache lines.  Another is to cause character
1031arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1032constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1033@end defmac
1034
1035@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1036Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1037some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes.  E.g.@
1038AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1039must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1040
1041If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1042@end defmac
1043
1044@defmac CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (@var{constant}, @var{basic-align})
1045If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment given to a constant
1046that is being placed in memory.  @var{constant} is the constant and
1047@var{basic-align} is the alignment that the object would ordinarily
1048have.  The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1049align the object.
1050
1051If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1052
1053The typical use of this macro is to increase alignment for string
1054constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1055constants can be done inline.
1056@end defmac
1057
1058@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1059If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1060the local store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1061the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1062macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1063
1064If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1065
1066One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1067make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1068
1069If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1070@end defmac
1071
1072@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1073
1074@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1075If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1076@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1077and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1078have.  The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1079align the slot.
1080
1081If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1082@var{type} is @code{NULL}.  Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1083be used.
1084
1085This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1086of all possible modes which the slot may have.
1087
1088If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1089@end defmac
1090
1091@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1092If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1093variable @var{decl}.
1094
1095If this macro is not defined, then
1096@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1097is used.
1098
1099One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1100make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1101
1102If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1103@end defmac
1104
1105@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1106If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1107for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1108@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1109
1110If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1111@end defmac
1112
1113@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1114Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1115empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1116
1117If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1118@end defmac
1119
1120@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1121Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1122Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1123
1124If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1125@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1126@end defmac
1127
1128@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1129Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1130if given data not on the nominal alignment.  If instructions will merely
1131go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1132@end defmac
1133
1134@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1135Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1136alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1137
1138The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1139@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1140structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1141that type.  In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1142that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1143
1144Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1145@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1146four-byte alignment for the whole structure.  (The alignment used may
1147not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1148
1149An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1150structure.
1151
1152If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1153a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1154
1155Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1156bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary.  The compiler can
1157support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1158@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1159
1160The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1161@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1162Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1163
1164Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1165@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1166@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1167
1168If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1169bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1170what the other compiler does.  Compile and run this program:
1171
1172@smallexample
1173struct foo1
1174@{
1175  char x;
1176  char :0;
1177  char y;
1178@};
1179
1180struct foo2
1181@{
1182  char x;
1183  int :0;
1184  char y;
1185@};
1186
1187main ()
1188@{
1189  printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1190          sizeof (struct foo1));
1191  printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1192          sizeof (struct foo2));
1193  exit (0);
1194@}
1195@end smallexample
1196
1197If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1198get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1199@end defmac
1200
1201@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1202Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1203to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1204@end defmac
1205
1206@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
1207
1208@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
1209
1210@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
1211
1212@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1213Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1214by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1215way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1216@var{specified}.
1217
1218The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1219the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1220@end defmac
1221
1222@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1223An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1224machine mode that should actually be used.  All integer machine modes of
1225this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1226appropriate sizes.  If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1227(DImode)} is assumed.
1228@end defmac
1229
1230@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
1231If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1232specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1233@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1234@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1235@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1236having its mode specified.
1237
1238You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}.  You
1239would most commonly define this macro if the
1240@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
124164-bit mode.
1242@end defmac
1243
1244@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
1245If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1246specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1247@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1248
1249You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1250You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1251pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1252@end defmac
1253
1254@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
1255
1256@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
1257
1258@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
1259
1260@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
1261
1262@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
1263
1264@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
1265
1266@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
1267
1268@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
1269
1270@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
1271
1272@node Type Layout
1273@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1274
1275These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1276basic data types used in programs being compiled.  Unlike the macros in
1277the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1278languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1279
1280@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1281A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1282target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1283@end defmac
1284
1285@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1286A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1287target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1288(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1289unit.)
1290@end defmac
1291
1292@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1293A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1294target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1295@end defmac
1296
1297@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1298On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1299@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@.  In
1300that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1301the size of that type.  If you don't define this, the default is the
1302value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1303@end defmac
1304
1305@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1306A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1307target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1308words.  If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1309macro must be at least 64.
1310@end defmac
1311
1312@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1313A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1314target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1315@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1316@end defmac
1317
1318@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1319A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1320C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine.  If you don't define
1321this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1322@end defmac
1323
1324@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1325A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1326target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1327@end defmac
1328
1329@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1330A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1331target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1332words.
1333@end defmac
1334
1335@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1336A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1337the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1338words.
1339@end defmac
1340
1341@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1342A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1343the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1344@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1345@end defmac
1346
1347@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1348A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1349the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1350@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1351@end defmac
1352
1353@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1354A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1355the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1356@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1357@end defmac
1358
1359@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1360A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1361the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1362@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1363@end defmac
1364
1365@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1366A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1367the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1368@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1369@end defmac
1370
1371@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1372A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1373the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1374@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1375@end defmac
1376
1377@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1378A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1379the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1380@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1381@end defmac
1382
1383@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1384A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1385the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1386@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1387@end defmac
1388
1389@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1390This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1391hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true.  It
1392causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1393prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}.  A port which
1394uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1395the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1396@end defmac
1397
1398@defmac TARGET_FLT_EVAL_METHOD
1399A C expression for the value for @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} in @file{float.h},
1400assuming, if applicable, that the floating-point control word is in its
1401default state.  If you do not define this macro the value of
1402@code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} will be zero.
1403@end defmac
1404
1405@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1406A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1407supported by the hardware.  If you define this macro, you must specify a
1408value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1409If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1410is the default.
1411@end defmac
1412
1413@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1414An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1415@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default.  The user can
1416always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1417and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1418@end defmac
1419
1420@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
1421
1422@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1423A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1424for size values.  The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1425contents of the string.
1426
1427The string can contain more than one keyword.  If so, separate them with
1428spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1429appropriate, and finally @code{int}.  The string must exactly match one
1430of the data type names defined in the function
1431@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1432You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1433compiler to crash on startup.
1434
1435If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1436int"}.
1437@end defmac
1438
1439@defmac SIZETYPE
1440GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1441@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1442dealing with size.  This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1443the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1444is extracted.
1445
1446The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1447
1448If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1449@end defmac
1450
1451@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1452A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1453for the result of subtracting two pointers.  The typedef name
1454@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string.  See
1455@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1456
1457If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1458@end defmac
1459
1460@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1461A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1462for wide characters.  The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1463the contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1464information.
1465
1466If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1467@end defmac
1468
1469@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1470A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1471characters.  This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1472@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1473@end defmac
1474
1475@defmac WINT_TYPE
1476A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1477use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1478@code{getwc}.  The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1479contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1480information.
1481
1482If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1483@end defmac
1484
1485@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1486A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1487can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1488The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1489string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1490
1491If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1492@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1493much precision as @code{long long int}.
1494@end defmac
1495
1496@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1497A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1498can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1499type.  The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1500of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1501
1502If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1503@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1504unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1505int}.
1506@end defmac
1507
1508@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1509@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1510@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1511@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1512@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1513@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1514@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1515@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1516@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1517@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1518@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1519@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1520@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1521@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1522@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1523@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1524@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1525@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1526@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1527@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1528@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1529@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1530@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1531@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1532@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1533@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1534@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1535C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1536@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1537@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1538@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1539@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1540@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1541@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1542@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1543@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}.  See
1544@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1545
1546If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1547type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1548@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1549to C99, depending on the type in question.  The defaults for all of
1550these macros are null pointers.
1551@end defmac
1552
1553@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1554The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1555that looks like:
1556
1557@smallexample
1558  struct @{
1559    union @{
1560      void (*fn)();
1561      ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1562    @};
1563    ptrdiff_t delta;
1564  @};
1565@end smallexample
1566
1567@noindent
1568The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1569will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1570Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1571always be zero.  Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1572distinguish which variant of the union is in use.  But, on some
1573platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work.  In
1574that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1575the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1576
1577GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1578this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1579However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1580set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1581bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1582address is in ARM or Thumb mode.  If this is the case of your
1583architecture, you should define this macro to
1584@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1585
1586In general, you should not have to define this macro.  On architectures
1587in which function addresses are always even, according to
1588@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1589@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1590@end defmac
1591
1592@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1593Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables.  This
1594macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1595instead.  Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1596function pointer is actually a small data structure.  Normally the
1597data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1598pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1599
1600If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1601of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1602@end defmac
1603
1604@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1605By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1606is the same as pointer alignment.  The value of this macro specifies
1607the alignment of the vtable entry in bits.  It should be defined only
1608when special alignment is necessary. */
1609@end defmac
1610
1611@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1612There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1613zero.  If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1614specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1615of words in each data entry.
1616@end defmac
1617
1618@node Registers
1619@section Register Usage
1620@cindex register usage
1621
1622This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1623has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1624
1625The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1626done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}.  For information
1627on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1628For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1629For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1630
1631@menu
1632* Register Basics::             Number and kinds of registers.
1633* Allocation Order::            Order in which registers are allocated.
1634* Values in Registers::         What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1635* Leaf Functions::              Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1636* Stack Registers::             Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1637@end menu
1638
1639@node Register Basics
1640@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1641
1642@c prevent bad page break with this line
1643Registers have various characteristics.
1644
1645@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1646Number of hardware registers known to the compiler.  They receive
1647numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1648pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1649@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1650@end defmac
1651
1652@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1653@cindex fixed register
1654An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1655all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1656general allocation.  These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1657pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1658register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1659machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1660and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1661
1662This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1663commas and surrounded by braces.  The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1664register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1665
1666The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1667the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1668by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1669the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1670@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1671@end defmac
1672
1673@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1674@cindex call-used register
1675@cindex call-clobbered register
1676@cindex call-saved register
1677Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1678clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1679registers.  This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1680available for general allocation of values that must live across
1681function calls.
1682
1683If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1684automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1685exit, if the register is used within the function.
1686@end defmac
1687
1688@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1689@cindex call-used register
1690@cindex call-clobbered register
1691@cindex call-saved register
1692Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1693that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1694(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
1695This macro is optional.  If not specified, it defaults to the value
1696of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}.
1697@end defmac
1698
1699@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1700@cindex call-used register
1701@cindex call-clobbered register
1702@cindex call-saved register
1703A C expression that is nonzero if it is not permissible to store a
1704value of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} across a
1705call without some part of it being clobbered.  For most machines this
1706macro need not be defined.  It is only required for machines that do not
1707preserve the entire contents of a register across a call.
1708@end defmac
1709
1710@findex fixed_regs
1711@findex call_used_regs
1712@findex global_regs
1713@findex reg_names
1714@findex reg_class_contents
1715@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
1716
1717@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1718Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1719expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1720corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1721function.  Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1722outbound register.
1723@end defmac
1724
1725@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1726Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1727expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1728corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1729function.  Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1730register.
1731@end defmac
1732
1733@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1734Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1735expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1736register window.  Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1737need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1738gotos.
1739@end defmac
1740
1741@defmac PC_REGNUM
1742If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1743register number.  Otherwise, do not define it.
1744@end defmac
1745
1746@node Allocation Order
1747@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1748@cindex order of register allocation
1749@cindex register allocation order
1750
1751@c prevent bad page break with this line
1752Registers are allocated in order.
1753
1754@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1755If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1756numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1757to use them (from most preferred to least).
1758
1759If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1760(all else being equal).
1761
1762One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1763registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1764instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers.  On such
1765machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1766the highest numbered allocable register first.
1767@end defmac
1768
1769@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1770A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1771hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1772
1773Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1774Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1775register; and so on.
1776
1777The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1778@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1779
1780On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1781@end defmac
1782
1783@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1784Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1785prologue and restoring it in the epilogue.  This discourages it from
1786using call-saved registers.  If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1787allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
1788call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1789macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
1790@end defmac
1791
1792@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1793In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1794Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1795If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1796based on @var{regno}.  The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1797be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1798value returned by this macro.  Not defining this macro is equivalent
1799to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1800
1801On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1802@end defmac
1803
1804@node Values in Registers
1805@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1806
1807This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1808(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1809consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1810
1811@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1812A C expression for the number of consecutive hard registers, starting
1813at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode
1814@var{mode}.  This macro must never return zero, even if a register
1815cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
1816and/or CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS instead.
1817
1818On a machine where all registers are exactly one word, a suitable
1819definition of this macro is
1820
1821@smallexample
1822#define HARD_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, MODE)            \
1823   ((GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)  \
1824    / UNITS_PER_WORD)
1825@end smallexample
1826@end defmac
1827
1828@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1829A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1830in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1831in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1832multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1833this mode by the number of registers returned by
1834@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}).  By default this is zero.
1835
1836For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1837registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1838nonzero.
1839
1840This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1841@code{subreg_get_info}
1842would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1843represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1844@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1845registers and so not be representable.
1846@end defmac
1847
1848@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1849For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1850@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1851returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1852including any padding.  In the example above, the value would be four.
1853@end defmac
1854
1855@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1856Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1857of mode @var{mode} is not the word size.  It is a C expression that
1858should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode.  It is
1859used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results.  This
1860happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1861floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1862@end defmac
1863
1864@defmac HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1865A C expression that is nonzero if it is permissible to store a value
1866of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several
1867registers starting with that one).  For a machine where all registers
1868are equivalent, a suitable definition is
1869
1870@smallexample
1871#define HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK(REGNO, MODE) 1
1872@end smallexample
1873
1874You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,
1875because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.
1876
1877@cindex register pairs
1878On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd
1879register pairs.  You can implement that by defining this macro to reject
1880odd register numbers for such modes.
1881
1882The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
1883@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the
1884register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a
1885value into the register and back out not alter it.
1886
1887Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for
1888all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for
1889@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} to distinguish between these modes, provided
1890you define patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this.  This
1891is useful because of the interaction between @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}
1892and @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer modes
1893to be tieable.
1894
1895Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.
1896Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only
1897in floating point registers.  This is not true.  Any registers that
1898can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine
1899mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those
1900registers.  Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.
1901
1902On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine
1903modes may not go in floating registers.  This is true if the floating
1904registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a
1905non-floating value there would garble it.  In this case,
1906@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in
1907floating registers.  But if the floating registers do not automatically
1908normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it
1909unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating
1910register, so you can define this macro to say so.
1911
1912The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that
1913they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic
1914instructions.  However, this is of no concern to
1915@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.  You handle it by writing the proper
1916constraints for those instructions.
1917
1918On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,
1919so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a
1920register if floating point arithmetic is not being done.  As long as the
1921floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not
1922be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.
1923@end defmac
1924
1925@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1926A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1927@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1928
1929One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1930another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1931handler.
1932
1933The default is always nonzero.
1934@end defmac
1935
1936@defmac MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})
1937A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode
1938@var{mode1} is accessible in mode @var{mode2} without copying.
1939
1940If @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and
1941@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always the same for
1942any @var{r}, then @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}
1943should be nonzero.  If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define
1944this macro to return zero unless some other mechanism ensures the
1945accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.
1946
1947You should define this macro to return nonzero in as many cases as
1948possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register
1949allocation.
1950@end defmac
1951
1952@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
1953
1954@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1955Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1956registers.  You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1957@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1958@end defmac
1959
1960@node Leaf Functions
1961@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1962
1963@cindex leaf functions
1964@cindex functions, leaf
1965On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1966more efficiently if it does not make its own register window.  Often this
1967means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1968are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1969normally arrive.
1970
1971The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1972other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1973registers for its own variables and temporaries.  We use the term ``leaf
1974function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1975handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1976functions''.
1977
1978GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1979suitable for leaf function treatment.  So it needs to renumber the
1980registers in order to output a leaf function.  The following macros
1981accomplish this.
1982
1983@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1984Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1985contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1986function treatment.
1987
1988If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1989registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1990GCC would ordinarily allocate.  The registers which will actually be
1991used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1992in this vector.
1993
1994Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1995the treatment of leaf functions.
1996@end defmac
1997
1998@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1999A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
2000should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
2001
2002If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
2003function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
2004will cause the compiler to abort.
2005
2006Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
2007treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
2008this.
2009@end defmac
2010
2011@findex current_function_is_leaf
2012@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
2013@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
2014@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
2015specially.  They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
2016which is nonzero for leaf functions.  @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
2017set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
2018compiler passes.  They can also test the C variable
2019@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
2020functions which only use leaf registers.
2021@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
2022that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
2023@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
2024@c changed this to fix overfull.  ALSO:  why the "it" at the beginning
2025@c of the next paragraph?!  --mew 2feb93
2026
2027@node Stack Registers
2028@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
2029
2030There are special features to handle computers where some of the
2031``registers'' form a stack.  Stack registers are normally written by
2032pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
2033stack.
2034
2035Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
2036they must be consecutively numbered.  Furthermore, the existing
2037support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
2038point coprocessor.  If you have a new architecture that uses
2039stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
2040@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
2041with it, as well as defining these macros.
2042
2043@defmac STACK_REGS
2044Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
2045@end defmac
2046
2047@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
2048This is a cover class containing the stack registers.  Define this if
2049the machine has any stack-like registers.
2050@end defmac
2051
2052@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
2053The number of the first stack-like register.  This one is the top
2054of the stack.
2055@end defmac
2056
2057@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
2058The number of the last stack-like register.  This one is the bottom of
2059the stack.
2060@end defmac
2061
2062@node Register Classes
2063@section Register Classes
2064@cindex register class definitions
2065@cindex class definitions, register
2066
2067On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
2068For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
2069certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions.  These machine
2070restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
2071
2072You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
2073which of the registers belong to it.  Then you can specify register classes
2074that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
2075
2076@findex ALL_REGS
2077@findex NO_REGS
2078In general, each register will belong to several classes.  In fact, one
2079class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers.  Another
2080class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers.  Often the
2081union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2082
2083@findex GENERAL_REGS
2084One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  There is nothing
2085terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2086@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class.  If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2087the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2088to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2089
2090Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2091then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2092
2093The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2094constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2095You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2096them in operand constraints.
2097
2098You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2099registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2100some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2101cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2102(@pxref{Costs}).
2103
2104You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2105instruction allows both classes.  For example, if an instruction allows
2106either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2107certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
2108which includes both of them.  Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2109or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
2110class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
2111
2112You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2113classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2114contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2115in their union.
2116
2117When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2118certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2119Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2120a register pair to start with an even-numbered register.  The way to
2121specify this requirement is with @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
2122
2123Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2124instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2125each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2126mode to or from memory.  For example, on some machines, the operations for
2127single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers.  When
2128this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2129instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2130single-byte values can be loaded or stored.  This is so that
2131@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2132
2133@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2134An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2135as enumerated values.  @code{NO_REGS} must be first.  @code{ALL_REGS}
2136must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2137@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2138tells how many classes there are.
2139
2140Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2141the class name to type @code{int}.  The number serves as an index
2142in many of the tables described below.
2143@end deftp
2144
2145@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2146The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2147
2148@smallexample
2149#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2150@end smallexample
2151@end defmac
2152
2153@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2154An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2155constants.  These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2156@end defmac
2157
2158@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2159An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2160which are bit masks.  The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2161@var{n}.  The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2162register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2163
2164When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2165Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2166several integers.  Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2167for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2168In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2169registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2170so on.
2171@end defmac
2172
2173@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2174A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2175@var{regno}.  In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2176which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2177register.
2178@end defmac
2179
2180@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2181A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2182base register must belong.  A base register is one used in an address
2183which is the register value plus a displacement.
2184@end defmac
2185
2186@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2187This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2188the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner.  If
2189@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2190@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2191@end defmac
2192
2193@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2194A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2195base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2196register address.  You should define this macro if base plus index
2197addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2198@end defmac
2199
2200@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2201A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2202base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2203space @var{address_space} must belong.  @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2204define the context in which the base register occurs.  @var{outer_code} is
2205the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2206of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2207@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2208index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2209@end defmac
2210
2211@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2212A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2213index register must belong.  An index register is one used in an
2214address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2215added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2216@end defmac
2217
2218@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2219A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2220suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
2221@end defmac
2222
2223@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2224A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2225that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2226@var{mode}.  You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2227reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register.  If
2228you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2229@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2230addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2231@code{address_operand}.
2232@end defmac
2233
2234@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2235A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2236use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2237memory in mode @var{mode}.  It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2238pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register.  You should
2239define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2240than other base register uses.
2241
2242Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2243@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
2244@end defmac
2245
2246@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2247A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2248suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2249memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2250This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
2251that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2252appears in the memory reference.  @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2253immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2254address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2255@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the
2256corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2257@code{SCRATCH} otherwise.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2258that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
2259@end defmac
2260
2261@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2262A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2263suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses.  It may be
2264either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2265allocated such a hard register.
2266
2267The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2268the index register may be scaled.  If an address involves the sum of
2269two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2270labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2271labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2272may serve in each capacity.  The compiler will try both labelings,
2273looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2274only if neither labeling works.
2275@end defmac
2276
2277@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2278
2279@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
2280
2281@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2282A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2283to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2284@var{class}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2285another, smaller class.  On many machines, the following definition is
2286safe:
2287
2288@smallexample
2289#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2290@end smallexample
2291
2292Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For
2293example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2294for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2295@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2296Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2297
2298One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2299@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2300loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2301force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load
2302immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2303instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2304register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
2305@var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant can't be loaded
2306into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
2307@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2308of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
2309
2310If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2311through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2312to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2313reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2314this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2315the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2316@end defmac
2317
2318@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
2319
2320@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2321A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2322to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2323@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2324ordinarily be used.
2325
2326Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
2327there are certain modes that simply can't go in certain reload classes.
2328
2329The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2330smaller class.
2331
2332Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2333require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2334@end defmac
2335
2336@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
2337
2338@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2339@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2340@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2341These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2342@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2343
2344These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2345target hook.  Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2346reload phase that it may
2347need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2348register to contain the data.  Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2349register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2350you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2351largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2352intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2353
2354If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2355intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2356was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2357class required.  If the
2358requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2359@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2360macros identically.
2361
2362The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2363Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2364can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2365@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register.  Do not define this
2366macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2367
2368If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2369intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2370@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2371(@pxref{Standard Names}.  These patterns, which were normally
2372implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2373@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2374register.
2375
2376These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2377register that
2378contain a single register class.  If the original reload register (whose
2379class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2380value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2381register.  Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2382Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2383
2384@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2385pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2386Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2387in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2388
2389These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2390registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2391registers.  In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2392would not be helpful.  Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2393the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2394intermediate storage.  This case often occurs between floating-point and
2395general registers.
2396@end defmac
2397
2398@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (@var{class1}, @var{class2}, @var{m})
2399Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied
2400to some other registers without using memory.  Define this macro on
2401those machines to be a C expression that is nonzero if objects of mode
2402@var{m} in registers of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of
2403class @var{class2} by storing a register of @var{class1} into memory
2404and loading that memory location into a register of @var{class2}.
2405
2406Do not define this macro if its value would always be zero.
2407@end defmac
2408
2409@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
2410Normally when @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
2411allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2412If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2413defined by this macro.
2414
2415Do not define this macro if you do not define
2416@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
2417@end defmac
2418
2419@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (@var{mode})
2420When the compiler needs a secondary memory location to copy between two
2421registers of mode @var{mode}, it normally allocates sufficient memory to
2422hold a quantity of @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits and performs the store and
2423load operations in a mode that many bits wide and whose class is the
2424same as that of @var{mode}.
2425
2426This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures that all
2427bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the registers
2428in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for floating-point
2429registers.
2430
2431However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as
2432the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers
2433differently than in integer registers.  On those machines, the default
2434widening will not work correctly and you must define this macro to
2435suppress that widening in some cases.  See the file @file{alpha.h} for
2436details.
2437
2438Do not define this macro if you do not define
2439@code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} or if widening @var{mode} to a mode that
2440is @code{BITS_PER_WORD} bits wide is correct for your machine.
2441@end defmac
2442
2443@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
2444
2445@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
2446
2447@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2448A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2449of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2450
2451This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.  In fact,
2452the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
2453should be the maximum value of @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
2454@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2455
2456This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2457in the reload pass.
2458@end defmac
2459
2460@defmac CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS (@var{from}, @var{to}, @var{class})
2461If defined, a C expression that returns nonzero for a @var{class} for which
2462a change from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to} is invalid.
2463
2464For example, loading 32-bit integer or floating-point objects into
2465floating-point registers on Alpha extends them to 64 bits.
2466Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a 32-bit object
2467does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case for a normal
2468register.  Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS}
2469as below:
2470
2471@smallexample
2472#define CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS(FROM, TO, CLASS) \
2473  (GET_MODE_SIZE (FROM) != GET_MODE_SIZE (TO) \
2474   ? reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, (CLASS)) : 0)
2475@end smallexample
2476
2477Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,
2478if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{class} are wider
2479than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the
2480mode.  This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load
2481or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will
2482eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.
2483Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the
2484entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial
2485value that the middle-end intended.
2486
2487@end defmac
2488
2489@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2490
2491@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2492
2493@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2494
2495@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2496
2497@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2498
2499@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2500
2501@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2502
2503@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2504
2505@node Stack and Calling
2506@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2507@cindex calling conventions
2508
2509@c prevent bad page break with this line
2510This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2511
2512@menu
2513* Frame Layout::
2514* Exception Handling::
2515* Stack Checking::
2516* Frame Registers::
2517* Elimination::
2518* Stack Arguments::
2519* Register Arguments::
2520* Scalar Return::
2521* Aggregate Return::
2522* Caller Saves::
2523* Function Entry::
2524* Profiling::
2525* Tail Calls::
2526* Stack Smashing Protection::
2527* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
2528@end menu
2529
2530@node Frame Layout
2531@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2532@cindex stack frame layout
2533@cindex frame layout
2534
2535@c prevent bad page break with this line
2536Here is the basic stack layout.
2537
2538@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2539Define this macro if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2540pointer to a smaller address.
2541
2542When we say, ``define this macro if @dots{}'', it means that the
2543compiler checks this macro only with @code{#ifdef} so the precise
2544definition used does not matter.
2545@end defmac
2546
2547@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2548This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2549on the stack.  In RTL, a push operation will be
2550@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2551
2552The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2553and @code{POST_INC}.  Which of these is correct depends on
2554the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2555to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2556space for the next item on the stack.
2557
2558The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
2559defined, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
2560which is often wrong.
2561@end defmac
2562
2563@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2564Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2565are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2566@end defmac
2567
2568@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2569Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2570addresses on the stack.
2571@end defmac
2572
2573@defmac STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
2574Offset from the frame pointer to the first local variable slot to be allocated.
2575
2576If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, find the next slot's offset by
2577subtracting the first slot's length from @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
2578Otherwise, it is found by adding the length of the first slot to the
2579value @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET}.
2580@c i'm not sure if the above is still correct.. had to change it to get
2581@c rid of an overfull.  --mew 2feb93
2582@end defmac
2583
2584@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2585Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2586The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2587
2588On ports where @code{STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
2589is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2590alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2591stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2592@end defmac
2593
2594@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2595Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2596outgoing arguments are placed.  If not specified, the default value of
2597zero is used.  This is the proper value for most machines.
2598
2599If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2600the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2601@end defmac
2602
2603@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2604Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2605address.  On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2606function.
2607
2608If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2609the first argument's address.
2610@end defmac
2611
2612@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2613Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2614on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2615
2616The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2617length of the outgoing arguments.  The default is correct for most
2618machines.  See @file{function.c} for details.
2619@end defmac
2620
2621@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2622A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2623stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2624@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}.  If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2625default value will be used.  Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2626elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2627@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2628@end defmac
2629
2630@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2631A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2632frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored.  Assume that
2633@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2634itself.
2635
2636If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2637of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2638address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2639@end defmac
2640
2641@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
2642If defined, a C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
2643setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed.  For example,
2644on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2645before we can access arbitrary stack frames.  You will seldom need to
2646define this macro.
2647@end defmac
2648
2649@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
2650
2651@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2652A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2653address for the current frame.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2654of the current frame.  This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2655You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2656as the frame pointer.  Most machines do not need to define it.
2657@end defmac
2658
2659@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2660A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2661address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2662the prologue.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2663frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2664@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
2665
2666The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2667@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2668determine the return address of other frames.
2669@end defmac
2670
2671@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2672Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2673stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2674frame.  The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2675@end defmac
2676
2677@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2678A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2679incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2680prologue.  This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2681value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2682the stack.
2683
2684You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2685debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2686
2687If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2688@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2689@end defmac
2690
2691@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2692A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2693number that may be used as an alternative return column.  The column
2694must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2695be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2696
2697This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2698general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2699frames.  Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2700over time.
2701@end defmac
2702
2703@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2704A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2705number that is considered to always have the value zero.  This should
2706only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2707someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2708terminate the stack backtrace.  New ports should avoid this.
2709@end defmac
2710
2711@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
2712
2713@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2714A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2715from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2716frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue.  The top of
2717the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2718previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2719
2720You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2721debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2722@end defmac
2723
2724@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2725A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2726from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).  The
2727final value should coincide with that calculated by
2728@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.  Which is unfortunately not usable
2729during virtual register instantiation.
2730
2731The default value for this macro is
2732@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2733which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2734immediately before the stack frame.  Note that this is not the case on
2735some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2736and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2737
2738You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2739want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2740DWARF 2.
2741@end defmac
2742
2743@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2744If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2745in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2746The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2747@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2748
2749Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2750via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2751variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible.  If this macro is
2752defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2753based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer.  Only one
2754of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2755should be defined.
2756@end defmac
2757
2758@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2759If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2760in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2761in DWARF 2 debug information.  The default is zero.  A different value
2762may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2763@end defmac
2764
2765@node Exception Handling
2766@subsection Exception Handling Support
2767@cindex exception handling
2768
2769@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2770A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2771data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2772@var{N} registers are usable.
2773
2774The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2775handlers via a set of agreed upon registers.  Ideally these registers
2776should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2777but may negatively impact code size.  The target must support at least
27782 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2779
2780You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2781handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2782@end defmac
2783
2784@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2785A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2786to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2787This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2788It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2789
2790Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2791untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2792
2793Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2794by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2795this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2796stack location to be restored in place.  Otherwise, you must define
2797this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2798that provided by DWARF 2.
2799@end defmac
2800
2801@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2802A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2803to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2804return.  It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2805
2806Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2807return address is stored.  For targets that return by popping an
2808address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2809the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2810frame.  If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2811been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2812target call frame.
2813
2814Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2815address calculable during initial code generation.  In that case
2816the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2817
2818If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2819define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2820@end defmac
2821
2822@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2823If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2824to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2825exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2826using it to return to the exception handler.
2827@end defmac
2828
2829@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2830This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2831handling sections.  If at all possible, this should be defined such
2832that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2833and so may be read-only.
2834
2835@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2836@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2837The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2838as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2839
2840If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2841represented directly.
2842@end defmac
2843
2844@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2845This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2846to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2847Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2848be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2849
2850This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2851handled.  @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2852of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2853to be emitted.
2854@end defmac
2855
2856@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2857This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2858code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2859available.  The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2860through signal frames.
2861
2862This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2863@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2864@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2865@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{context->ra}
2866for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2867the stack pointer value.  If the frame can be decoded, the register
2868save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2869evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}.  If the frame cannot be decoded,
2870the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2871
2872For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2873@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2874@end defmac
2875
2876@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2877This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2878call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2879usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2880
2881This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2882@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2883@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2884for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive.  If the
2885@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2886be updated in @var{fs}.
2887@end defmac
2888
2889@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2890A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2891info to be given comdat linkage.  Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2892linkage is necessary.  The default is @code{0}.
2893@end defmac
2894
2895@node Stack Checking
2896@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2897
2898GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2899stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2900three ways:
2901
2902@enumerate
2903@item
2904If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2905will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2906at appropriate places in the configuration files.  GCC will not do
2907other special processing.
2908
2909@item
2910If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2911@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2912that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2913static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2914in the configuration files.  GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2915stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2916approach below.
2917
2918@item
2919If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2920``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2921@end enumerate
2922
2923If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2924GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2925@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2926dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2927
2928@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2929A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2930machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if stack checking
2931is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2932checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach.  The default
2933value of this macro is zero.
2934@end defmac
2935
2936@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2937A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2938in a machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if you would
2939like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2940approach.  The default value of this macro is zero.
2941@end defmac
2942
2943@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2944An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2945instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer.  You will normally
2946define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2947the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area.  The default value
2948of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2949@end defmac
2950
2951@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2952An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2953when doing probes.  This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2954contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2955thread at any point in time.  In this situation an alternate signal stack
2956is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow.  The
2957default value of this macro is zero.
2958@end defmac
2959
2960@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2961The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
2962languages where such a recovery is supported.  The default value of 75 words
2963with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
29648192 bytes with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for
2965most machines.
2966@end defmac
2967
2968The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2969nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2970in the opposite case.
2971
2972@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2973The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes.  GCC will generate probe
2974instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2975stack are available.  If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2976checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning.  The
2977default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2978systems.  You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2979@end defmac
2980
2981@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2982GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message.  It
2983represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2984space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2985You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2986use the default of four words.
2987@end defmac
2988
2989@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2990The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2991fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2992@option{-fstack-check}.
2993GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2994normally not need to override that default.
2995@end defmac
2996
2997@need 2000
2998@node Frame Registers
2999@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
3000
3001@c prevent bad page break with this line
3002This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
3003
3004@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
3005The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
3006fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}.  On most machines,
3007the hardware determines which register this is.
3008@end defmac
3009
3010@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3011The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
3012access automatic variables in the stack frame.  On some machines, the
3013hardware determines which register this is.  On other machines, you can
3014choose any register you wish for this purpose.
3015@end defmac
3016
3017@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3018On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
3019offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
3020allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
3021between these two locations).  On those machines, define
3022@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
3023be used internally until the offset is known, and define
3024@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
3025used for the frame pointer.
3026
3027You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
3028is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
3029the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
3030completed.  When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
3031definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
3032@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
3033or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3034
3035Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
3036@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3037@end defmac
3038
3039@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
3040The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
3041the function's argument list.  On some machines, this is the same as the
3042frame pointer register.  On some machines, the hardware determines which
3043register this is.  On other machines, you can choose any register you
3044wish for this purpose.  If this is not the same register as the frame
3045pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
3046@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
3047(@pxref{Elimination}).
3048@end defmac
3049
3050@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
3051Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3052@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
3053the same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3054== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3055definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3056@end defmac
3057
3058@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
3059Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3060@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
3061same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
3062ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3063definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3064@end defmac
3065
3066@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
3067The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
3068access the current function's return address from the stack.  On some
3069machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
3070pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer.  This register can be defined
3071to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
3072@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
3073
3074Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
3075address from the stack.
3076@end defmac
3077
3078@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
3079@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
3080Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer.  If
3081register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
3082function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
3083number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}.  If
3084these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
3085not be defined.
3086
3087The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
3088
3089If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
3090defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
3091@end defmac
3092
3093@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
3094
3095@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3096This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
3097saved in a call frame.  This is used to size data structures used in
3098DWARF2 exception handling.
3099
3100Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
3101exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
3102extensions.  In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
3103in the number of hard registers.  Nevertheless, this macro can still be
3104used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
3105routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
3106registers that are not call-saved.
3107
3108If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3109@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
3110@end defmac
3111
3112@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3113
3114This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
3115for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
3116
3117If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3118@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
3119@end defmac
3120
3121@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
3122
3123Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3124is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
3125Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
3126column number to use instead.
3127
3128See the PowerPC's SPE target for an example.
3129@end defmac
3130
3131@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3132
3133Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3134used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3135debug info sections.  Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3136should return the .eh_frame register number.  The default is
3137@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
3138
3139@end defmac
3140
3141@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3142
3143Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3144that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3145should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3146.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero).  The default is to
3147return @code{@var{regno}}.
3148
3149@end defmac
3150
3151@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3152
3153Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3154@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context.  It should be defined if
3155target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}.  The
3156default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3157
3158@end defmac
3159
3160@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3161
3162Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3163context with version, args_size and by_value fields.  If it is undefined,
3164it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3165defined and 0 otherwise.
3166
3167@end defmac
3168
3169@node Elimination
3170@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3171
3172@c prevent bad page break with this line
3173This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3174
3175@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
3176
3177@findex get_frame_size
3178@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (@var{depth-var})
3179A C statement to store in the variable @var{depth-var} the difference
3180between the frame pointer and the stack pointer values immediately after
3181the function prologue.  The value would be computed from information
3182such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3183registers @code{regs_ever_live} and @code{call_used_regs}.
3184
3185If @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is defined, this macro will be not be used and
3186need not be defined.  Otherwise, it must be defined even if
3187@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} always returns true; in that
3188case, you may set @var{depth-var} to anything.
3189@end defmac
3190
3191@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
3192If defined, this macro specifies a table of register pairs used to
3193eliminate unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.  If it is not
3194defined, the only elimination attempted by the compiler is to replace
3195references to the frame pointer with references to the stack pointer.
3196
3197The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3198of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3199
3200On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3201the compilation is completed.  In such a case, a separate hard register
3202must be used for the argument pointer.  This register can be eliminated by
3203replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3204depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3205
3206In this case, you might specify:
3207@smallexample
3208#define ELIMINABLE_REGS  \
3209@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3210 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3211 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3212@end smallexample
3213
3214Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3215specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3216@end defmac
3217
3218@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
3219
3220@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
3221This macro is similar to @code{INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET}.  It
3222specifies the initial difference between the specified pair of
3223registers.  This macro must be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} is
3224defined.
3225@end defmac
3226
3227@node Stack Arguments
3228@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3229@cindex arguments on stack
3230@cindex stack arguments
3231
3232The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3233on the stack.  See the following section for other macros that
3234control passing certain arguments in registers.
3235
3236@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
3237
3238@defmac PUSH_ARGS
3239A C expression.  If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
3240outgoing arguments.
3241If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
3242That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
3243allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
3244it.  When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too.
3245@end defmac
3246
3247@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3248A C expression.  If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3249last to first, rather than from first to last.  If this macro is not
3250defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3251and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3252@end defmac
3253
3254@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3255A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3256stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3257
3258On some machines, the definition
3259
3260@smallexample
3261#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3262@end smallexample
3263
3264@noindent
3265will suffice.  But on other machines, instructions that appear
3266to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3267alignment.  Then the definition should be
3268
3269@smallexample
3270#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3271@end smallexample
3272
3273If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
3274@end defmac
3275
3276@findex outgoing_args_size
3277@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
3278@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3279A C expression.  If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
3280will be computed and placed into
3281@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.  No space will be pushed
3282onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3283increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3284
3285Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3286is not proper.
3287@end defmac
3288
3289@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3290Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3291allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3292registers.
3293
3294The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3295arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3296which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3297The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3298of the function.
3299
3300This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3301machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3302which.
3303@end defmac
3304@c above is overfull.  not sure what to do.  --mew 5feb93  did
3305@c something, not sure if it looks good.  --mew 10feb93
3306
3307@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3308Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3309Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3310is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3311can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3312@end defmac
3313
3314@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3315Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3316caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3317when calling a function of @var{fntype}.  @var{fntype} may be NULL
3318if the function called is a library function.
3319
3320If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3321whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
3322@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
3323@end defmac
3324
3325@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3326Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3327stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3328@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3329@c overfull.. not as specific, tho.  --mew 5feb93
3330
3331Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3332stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area.  Defining this macro
3333suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3334stack in its natural location.
3335@end defmac
3336
3337@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
3338
3339@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3340A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3341pops off the stack.  It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3342when compiling a function call.
3343
3344@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3345have been accumulated.
3346
3347On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3348that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3349that have been passed to the function.  Since this is a property of the
3350call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3351appropriate.
3352@end defmac
3353
3354@node Register Arguments
3355@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3356@cindex arguments in registers
3357@cindex registers arguments
3358
3359This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3360types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3361the stack.
3362
3363@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
3364
3365@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
3366
3367@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
3368
3369@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3370
3371@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3372
3373@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
3374
3375@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
3376
3377@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
3378
3379@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
3380A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3381of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values.  For some
3382target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3383of bytes of argument so far.
3384
3385There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3386arguments that have been passed on the stack.  The compiler has other
3387variables to keep track of that.  For target machines on which all
3388arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3389@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3390should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3391@end defmac
3392
3393@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3394If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3395function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3396created.  The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3397reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3398If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3399@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3400@end defmac
3401
3402@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3403A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3404@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list.  The
3405variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.  The value of @var{fntype}
3406is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3407the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3408For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3409declaration node of the function.  @var{fndecl} is also set when
3410@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3411being compiled.  @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3412arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3413parameter, when making a call.  When processing incoming arguments,
3414@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3415
3416When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3417@var{libname} identifies which one.  It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3418contains the name of the function, as a string.  @var{libname} is 0 when
3419an ordinary C function call is being processed.  Thus, each time this
3420macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3421never both of them at once.
3422@end defmac
3423
3424@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3425Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3426it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3427@code{NULL}.  @var{indirect} would always be zero, too.  If this macro
3428is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
34290)} is used instead.
3430@end defmac
3431
3432@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3433Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3434finding the arguments for the function being compiled.  If this macro is
3435undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3436
3437The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3438with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@.  The
3439argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3440@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3441@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3442@c --mew 5feb93   i switched the order of the sentences.  --mew 10feb93
3443@end defmac
3444
3445@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
3446
3447@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET (@var{mode}, @var{type})
3448If defined, a C expression that is the number of bytes to add to the
3449offset of the argument passed in memory.  This is needed for the SPU,
3450which passes @code{char} and @code{short} arguments in the preferred
3451slot that is in the middle of the quad word instead of starting at the
3452top.
3453@end defmac
3454
3455@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type})
3456If defined, a C expression which determines whether, and in which direction,
3457to pad out an argument with extra space.  The value should be of type
3458@code{enum direction}: either @code{upward} to pad above the argument,
3459@code{downward} to pad below, or @code{none} to inhibit padding.
3460
3461The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this macro, but by the
3462target hook @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}.  It is
3463always just enough to reach the next multiple of that boundary. 
3464
3465This macro has a default definition which is right for most systems.
3466For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward.  For
3467big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of
3468constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.
3469@end defmac
3470
3471@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3472If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3473implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3474next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3475controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.  If this macro is not defined, all such
3476arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3477@end defmac
3478
3479@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3480Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3481memory.  @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element.  Defining this
3482macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3483machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl.  In particular,
3484@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3485registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register;  For example,
3486a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3487required.
3488@end defmac
3489
3490@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
3491
3492@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3493
3494@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3495A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3496register in which function arguments are sometimes passed.  This does
3497@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3498the structure-value address.  On many machines, no registers can be
3499used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3500stack.
3501@end defmac
3502
3503@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
3504
3505@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
3506
3507@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
3508
3509@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
3510
3511@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
3512
3513@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
3514
3515@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
3516
3517@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3518
3519@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3520
3521@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3522
3523@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3524
3525@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3526
3527@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
3528
3529@node Scalar Return
3530@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3531@cindex return values in registers
3532@cindex values, returned by functions
3533@cindex scalars, returned as values
3534
3535This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3536values---values that can fit in registers.
3537
3538@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3539
3540@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3541This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3542a new target instead.
3543@end defmac
3544
3545@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3546A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3547function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3548
3549Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3550support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3551specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3552compiled.
3553@end defmac
3554
3555@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
3556
3557@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3558A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3559register in which the values of called function may come back.
3560
3561A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3562second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3563recognized by this macro.  So for most machines, this definition
3564suffices:
3565
3566@smallexample
3567#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3568@end smallexample
3569
3570If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3571function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3572should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3573
3574This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3575for a new target instead.
3576@end defmac
3577
3578@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
3579
3580@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3581Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3582need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3583saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3584@end defmac
3585
3586@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3587
3588@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
3589
3590@node Aggregate Return
3591@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3592@cindex aggregates as return values
3593@cindex large return values
3594@cindex returning aggregate values
3595@cindex structure value address
3596
3597When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3598cases), the value is not returned according to
3599@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}).  Instead, the
3600caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3601should be stored.  This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3602address}.
3603
3604This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3605memory.
3606
3607@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
3608
3609@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3610Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3611in memory.  Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3612only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3613If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3614and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3615target hook.
3616
3617If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3618@end defmac
3619
3620@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
3621
3622@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3623Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3624for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3625the address of a static variable containing the value.
3626
3627Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3628pass an address to the subroutine.
3629
3630This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3631nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3632@end defmac
3633
3634@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3635
3636@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3637
3638@node Caller Saves
3639@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3640
3641If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls.  This
3642makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3643must live across calls.
3644
3645@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3646A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3647of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}.  If
3648@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3649returned.  For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3650will select the smallest suitable mode.
3651@end defmac
3652
3653@node Function Entry
3654@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3655@cindex function entry and exit
3656@cindex prologue
3657@cindex epilogue
3658
3659This section describes the macros that output function entry
3660(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3661
3662@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
3663
3664@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
3665
3666@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
3667
3668@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
3669
3670@itemize @bullet
3671@item
3672@findex pretend_args_size
3673@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3674A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
3675uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3676stack.  (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3677if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3678arguments.  But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3679yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.)  This
3680region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3681registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3682features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3683
3684@item
3685An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3686The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3687the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3688machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3689in the function.  Machines with register windows often do not require
3690a save area.
3691
3692@item
3693A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3694boundary, to contain the local variables of the function.  On some machines,
3695this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3696save area closer to the top of the stack.
3697
3698@item
3699@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3700Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
3701@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
3702argument lists of the function.  @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3703@end itemize
3704
3705@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3706Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3707instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3708pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3709adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function.  The
3710default is 0.
3711
3712Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3713frame pointers are maintained.  It is never safe to delete a final
3714stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3715compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3716@end defmac
3717
3718@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3719Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3720used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern.  The stack and frame
3721pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3722@end defmac
3723
3724@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3725Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3726used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3727on entry to an exception edge.
3728@end defmac
3729
3730@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3731
3732@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3733
3734@node Profiling
3735@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3736@cindex profiling, code generation
3737
3738These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3739
3740@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3741A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3742assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3743
3744@findex mcount
3745The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3746your operating system environment, not by GCC@.  To figure them out,
3747compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3748compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3749
3750Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3751variable to be loaded into some register.  The name of this variable is
3752@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3753the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3754@end defmac
3755
3756@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3757A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3758code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3759not support profiling.
3760@end defmac
3761
3762@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3763Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3764@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3765allocated for each function.  This is true for almost all modern
3766implementations.  If you define this macro, you must not use the
3767@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3768@end defmac
3769
3770@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3771Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3772the function prologue.  Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3773@end defmac
3774
3775@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3776
3777@node Tail Calls
3778@subsection Permitting tail calls
3779@cindex tail calls
3780
3781@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
3782
3783@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
3784
3785@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3786
3787@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3788
3789@node Stack Smashing Protection
3790@subsection Stack smashing protection
3791@cindex stack smashing protection
3792
3793@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
3794
3795@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
3796
3797@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3798
3799@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3800@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3801@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3802
3803@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3804
3805@node Varargs
3806@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3807@cindex varargs implementation
3808
3809GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3810@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3811on the stack.  Other machines require their own implementations of
3812varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3813conditionals to include it.
3814
3815ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3816the calling convention for @code{va_start}.  The traditional
3817implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3818to store the argument pointer.  The ISO implementation of
3819@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument.  The user is
3820supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3821
3822However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument.  The way to find
3823the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3824below.
3825
3826@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3827Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3828that the varargs mechanism can access them.  Both ISO and traditional
3829versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3830you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3831
3832On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3833control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  On
3834other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3835found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3836
3837Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3838beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3839@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3840This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3841to use them for its own purposes.
3842@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3843@c 10feb93
3844@end defmac
3845
3846@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
3847This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
3848argument, as type @code{void *}.  If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3849returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3850argument.  Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3851fetching arguments from the stack.  Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3852verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3853of the current function.
3854@end defmac
3855
3856@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3857Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3858passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3859has to embody these conventions.  The easiest way to categorize the
3860specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3861with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3862
3863@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3864considering only its data type.  It returns an integer describing what
3865kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3866
3867The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3868interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3869@end defmac
3870
3871These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3872
3873@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
3874
3875@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
3876
3877@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
3878
3879@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3880
3881@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3882
3883@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
3884
3885@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3886
3887@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3888
3889@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3890
3891@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3892
3893@hook TARGET_CHKP_FUNCTION_VALUE_BOUNDS
3894
3895@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARG_BOUNDS
3896
3897@node Trampolines
3898@section Trampolines for Nested Functions
3899@cindex trampolines for nested functions
3900@cindex nested functions, trampolines for
3901
3902A @dfn{trampoline} is a small piece of code that is created at run time
3903when the address of a nested function is taken.  It normally resides on
3904the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function.  These macros
3905tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and initialize a
3906trampoline.
3907
3908The instructions in the trampoline must do two things: load a constant
3909address into the static chain register, and jump to the real address of
3910the nested function.  On CISC machines such as the m68k, this requires
3911two instructions, a move immediate and a jump.  Then the two addresses
3912exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands.  On RISC
3913machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a register in
3914two parts.  Then pieces of each address form separate immediate
3915operands.
3916
3917The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3918parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3919immediate operands of the instructions.  On a CISC machine, this is
3920simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3921proper offset from the start of the trampoline.  On a RISC machine, it
3922may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3923separately.
3924
3925@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
3926
3927@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3928Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3929(@pxref{Sections}).  The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3930@end defmac
3931
3932@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3933A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3934@end defmac
3935
3936@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3937Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3938
3939If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3940is used for aligning trampolines.
3941@end defmac
3942
3943@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
3944
3945@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
3946
3947Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3948separate instruction and data caches.  Writing into a stack location
3949fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3950jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3951
3952Here are two possible solutions.  One is to clear the relevant parts of
3953the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up.  The other is to
3954make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3955subroutine.  The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3956latter makes initialization faster.
3957
3958To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3959the following macro.
3960
3961@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3962If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3963cache} in the specified interval.  The definition of this macro would
3964typically be a series of @code{asm} statements.  Both @var{beg} and
3965@var{end} are both pointer expressions.
3966@end defmac
3967
3968To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro.  In addition,
3969you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3970cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3971beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3972its cache line.  Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3973
3974@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3975Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3976work.  The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3977which will be compiled with GCC@.  They go in a library function named
3978@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3979
3980If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3981C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3982special label of your own in the assembler code.  Use one @code{asm}
3983statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3984global.  Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3985special assembler code.
3986@end defmac
3987
3988@node Library Calls
3989@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3990@cindex library subroutine names
3991@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3992
3993@c prevent bad page break with this line
3994Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3995
3996@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
3997This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
3998expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a.  It can be used to
3999provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
4000are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
4001@end defmac
4002
4003@findex set_optab_libfunc
4004@findex init_one_libfunc
4005@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
4006
4007@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
4008
4009@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
4010This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
4011implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
4012mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
4013return a tristate.
4014
4015GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
4016comparison operators, so the default returns false always.  Most ports
4017don't need to define this macro.
4018@end defmac
4019
4020@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
4021This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
4022functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
4023operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
4024and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
4025If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
4026@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2.  If the target uses the routines
4027in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
4028@end defmac
4029
4030@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
4031This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
4032instructions.  If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
4033make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
4034division.  If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
4035make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
4036@end defmac
4037
4038@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
4039@findex matherr
4040@defmac TARGET_EDOM
4041The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
4042expression.  If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
4043deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly.  Look in
4044@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
4045system.
4046
4047If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
4048domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
4049error.  If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
4050there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
4051that @code{matherr} is used normally.
4052@end defmac
4053
4054@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
4055@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
4056Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
4057refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}.  (On certain systems,
4058@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.)  If you don't define this
4059macro, a reasonable default is used.
4060@end defmac
4061
4062@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
4063
4064@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
4065Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4066by default.  This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4067and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
4068This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
4069the NeXT runtime installed.
4070
4071If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4072will be used by default.  This convention passes just the object and the
4073selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4074
4075In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4076scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
4077@end defmac
4078
4079@node Addressing Modes
4080@section Addressing Modes
4081@cindex addressing modes
4082
4083@c prevent bad page break with this line
4084This is about addressing modes.
4085
4086@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4087@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4088@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4089@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4090A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4091pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4092@end defmac
4093
4094@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4095@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4096A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4097post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4098the size of the memory operand.
4099@end defmac
4100
4101@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4102@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4103A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4104post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4105@end defmac
4106
4107@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4108A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4109is a valid address.  On most machines the default definition of
4110@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4111is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
4112constant addresses are supported.
4113@end defmac
4114
4115@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4116@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4117accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4118known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4119expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4120@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4121@end defmac
4122
4123@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4124A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4125memory address.  Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4126the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4127accept.
4128@end defmac
4129
4130@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
4131
4132@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4133A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4134character for general memory addresses.  This defines the constraint
4135letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4136@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}.  Define this macro if you want to
4137support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4138semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint.  This is necessary in order to
4139preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4140@code{'m'} constraint.
4141@end defmac
4142
4143@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4144A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4145or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4146can easily find the base term.  This macro is used in only two places:
4147@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4148
4149It is always safe for this macro to not be defined.  It exists so
4150that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4151
4152The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4153a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4154@end defmac
4155
4156@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4157
4158@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4159A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4160that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4161@var{mode}.  @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4162It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4163performance reasons.
4164
4165For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4166reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4167registers into a register.  On the other hand, for number of RISC
4168processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4169needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot.  By defining
4170@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4171generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4172be shared.
4173
4174@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution.  It is necessary
4175to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4176and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4177of reload internals.
4178
4179@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4180previous invocation of this macro.  If it fails to handle such addresses
4181then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4182
4183@findex push_reload
4184The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4185need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4186suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4187
4188The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4189@var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4190should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4191This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4192@code{push_reload}.
4193
4194@findex strict_memory_address_p
4195The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4196the address has become legitimate.
4197
4198@findex copy_rtx
4199If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4200this is to use @code{copy_rtx}.  Note, however, that it unshares only a
4201single level of rtl.  Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4202top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4203It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4204address;  but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4205@end defmac
4206
4207@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
4208
4209@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
4210
4211@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4212
4213@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
4214
4215@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
4216
4217@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
4218
4219@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
4220
4221@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
4222
4223@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
4224
4225@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
4226
4227@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
4228
4229@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST_OK
4230
4231@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION
4232
4233@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4234
4235@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
4236
4237@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
4238
4239@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_SIZES
4240
4241@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4242
4243@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4244
4245@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4246
4247@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4248
4249@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_TM_LOAD
4250
4251@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_TM_STORE
4252
4253@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
4254
4255@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4256
4257@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4258
4259@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4260
4261@node Anchored Addresses
4262@section Anchored Addresses
4263@cindex anchored addresses
4264@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4265
4266GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4267For example, if we have:
4268
4269@smallexample
4270static int a, b, c;
4271int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4272@end smallexample
4273
4274the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4275addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}.  On some targets,
4276it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4277the three variables relative to it.  The equivalent pseudocode would
4278be something like:
4279
4280@smallexample
4281int foo (void)
4282@{
4283  register int *xr = &x;
4284  return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4285@}
4286@end smallexample
4287
4288(which isn't valid C).  We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4289``section anchors''.  Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4290
4291The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4292in order to make effective use of section anchors.  It won't use
4293section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4294or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4295
4296@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4297
4298@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4299
4300@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
4301
4302@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
4303
4304@node Condition Code
4305@section Condition Code Status
4306@cindex condition code status
4307
4308The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the
4309two ways of representing condition codes in GCC.
4310
4311The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation
4312(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit
4313clobber of the condition codes.  The second is the condition code
4314register representation, which provides better schedulability for
4315architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4316most instructions do not affect it.  The latter category includes
4317most RISC machines.
4318
4319The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of
4320the definition and use of the condition code.  In the past the definition
4321and use were always adjacent.  However, recent changes to support trapping
4322arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4323Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them.  Additionally,
4324the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4325
4326These restrictions can prevent important
4327optimizations on some machines.  For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4328is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4329three instructions earlier than the conditional branch.  The instruction
4330scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4331separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4332
4333For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to
4334represent the condition code for new ports.  If there is a specific
4335condition code register in the machine, use a hard register.  If the
4336condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4337or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4338Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4339that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4340
4341Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4342specified already in the compare instruction.  In this case, you are not
4343interested in most macros in this section.
4344
4345@menu
4346* CC0 Condition Codes::      Old style representation of condition codes.
4347* MODE_CC Condition Codes::  Modern representation of condition codes.
4348@end menu
4349
4350@node CC0 Condition Codes
4351@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)}
4352@findex cc0
4353
4354@findex cc_status
4355The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
4356describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
4357the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by).  This
4358variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
4359currently based, and several standard flags.
4360
4361Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
4362description header file.  It can also add additional machine-specific
4363information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
4364
4365@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP
4366C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
4367component of @code{cc_status}.  It defaults to @code{int}.
4368
4369This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4370@end defmac
4371
4372@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
4373A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
4374The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
4375the field anyway.  If you want to use the field, you should probably
4376define this macro to initialize it.
4377
4378This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4379@end defmac
4380
4381@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
4382A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
4383appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}.  It is
4384this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
4385code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
4386set @code{(cc0)}.
4387
4388This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4389
4390If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
4391other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
4392invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
4393reflecting.  For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
4394registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
4395@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
4396insns.  But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
4397based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
4398value in @samp{a4}.  Although the condition code is not changed by
4399this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
4400@samp{a4@@(102)}.  Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
4401@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
4402condition code value.
4403
4404The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
4405with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
4406@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
4407constants which are just the operands.  The RTL structure of these
4408insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do.  What
4409@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
4410@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
4411
4412A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
4413that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
4414@samp{cc}.  This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
4415two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
4416@end defmac
4417
4418@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4419@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4420@findex CCmode
4421@findex MODE_CC
4422
4423@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4424On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4425than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4426code set by a subtract instruction.  However, on some machines
4427when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4428bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4429branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches.  When
4430this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4431record different formats of the condition code register.  Modes can
4432also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g. a signed or an
4433unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4434
4435If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4436@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4437a mode given an operand of a compare.  This is needed because the modes
4438have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4439by instruction combination.  The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4440be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4441the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4442
4443@smallexample
4444(define_insn ""
4445  [(set (reg:CC_NOOV 0)
4446        (compare:CC_NOOV
4447          (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4448                   (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4449          (const_int 0)))]
4450  ""
4451  "@dots{}")
4452@end smallexample
4453
4454@noindent
4455together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CC_NOOVmode}
4456for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4457
4458@smallexample
4459#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
4460  (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT           \
4461   ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE)     \
4462      ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode)                            \
4463   : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS     \
4464       || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
4465      ? CC_NOOVmode : CCmode))
4466@end smallexample
4467
4468Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4469were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4470this section.
4471
4472You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4473in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4474@end defmac
4475
4476@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
4477
4478@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4479A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4480comparison whose mode is @var{mode}.  If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4481can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4482then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4483
4484You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4485floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4486For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
4487inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
4488
4489@smallexample
4490#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4491   ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
4492@end smallexample
4493@end defmac
4494
4495@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4496A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4497comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}.  The macro is used only in case
4498@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero.  Define this macro in case
4499machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals.  For
4500instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
4501freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones.  Then definition may look
4502like:
4503
4504@smallexample
4505#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4506   ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4507    : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4508@end smallexample
4509@end defmac
4510
4511@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
4512
4513@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
4514
4515@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4516
4517@node Costs
4518@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4519@cindex costs of instructions
4520@cindex relative costs
4521@cindex speed of instructions
4522
4523These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4524on the target machine.
4525
4526@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4527A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4528register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes are
4529expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  A
4530value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4531that.
4532
4533It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4534same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4535registers if they are not general registers.
4536
4537If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4538hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4539classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4540constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4541allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this
4542if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4543
4544These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4545@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4546@end defmac
4547
4548@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
4549
4550@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4551A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4552register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4553is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in.  This cost
4554is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.  If moving between
4555registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4556should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4557
4558If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4559the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4560needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4561between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4562more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4563reflect the actual cost of the move.
4564
4565GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4566secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via
4567a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a
4568secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
45694 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4570value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function
4571are the same as to this macro.
4572
4573These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4574@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4575@end defmac
4576
4577@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
4578
4579@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
4580A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction.  A value of 1 is
4581the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4582@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4583for speed.  When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4584optimal for code size rather than performance.  @var{predictable_p} is
4585true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4586@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
4587@end defmac
4588
4589Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4590but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4591ordinarily expect.
4592
4593@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4594Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4595than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4596faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4597require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4598between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4599
4600When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4601finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4602load will be used if alignment permits.  Unless bytes accesses are
4603faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4604may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4605other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4606@end defmac
4607
4608@defmac SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS (@var{mode}, @var{alignment})
4609Define this macro to be the value 1 if memory accesses described by the
4610@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater
4611than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap
4612handler.
4613
4614When this macro is nonzero, the compiler will act as if
4615@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were nonzero when generating code for block
4616moves.  This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.
4617Therefore, do not set this macro nonzero if unaligned accesses only add a
4618cycle or two to the time for a memory access.
4619
4620If the value of this macro is always zero, it need not be defined.  If
4621this macro is defined, it should produce a nonzero value when
4622@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is nonzero.
4623@end defmac
4624
4625@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4626The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4627which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4628string move insn or a library call.  Increasing the value will always
4629make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4630
4631Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4632@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4633the number of such sequences.
4634
4635The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4636optimized for speed rather than size.
4637
4638If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4639@end defmac
4640
4641@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4642
4643@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4644A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4645a load or store used to copy memory is.  Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4646@end defmac
4647
4648@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4649The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4650of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4651or a library call.  Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4652eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4653
4654The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4655optimized for speed rather than size.
4656
4657If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4658@end defmac
4659
4660@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4661The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4662of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
4663a block set insn or a library call.
4664Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4665eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4666
4667The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4668optimized for speed rather than size.
4669
4670If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4671@end defmac
4672
4673@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4674A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4675thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4676@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4677@end defmac
4678
4679@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4680A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4681thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4682@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4683@end defmac
4684
4685@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4686A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4687thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4688@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4689@end defmac
4690
4691@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4692A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4693thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4694@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4695@end defmac
4696
4697@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4698A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4699thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4700@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4701@end defmac
4702
4703@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4704A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4705thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4706@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4707@end defmac
4708
4709@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4710This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4711thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4712@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4713@end defmac
4714
4715@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4716This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4717thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4718@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4719@end defmac
4720
4721@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
4722Define this macro if it is as good or better to call a constant
4723function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4724@end defmac
4725
4726@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4727Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4728@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal.  This macro defaults to true if
4729@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4730@end defmac
4731
4732@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
4733
4734@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
4735
4736@node Scheduling
4737@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4738
4739The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4740adjustment in order to produce good code.  GCC provides several target
4741hooks for this purpose.  It is usually enough to define just a few of
4742them: try the first ones in this list first.
4743
4744@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
4745
4746@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
4747
4748@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
4749
4750@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
4751
4752@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
4753
4754@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
4755
4756@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4757
4758@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4759
4760@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
4761
4762@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
4763
4764@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
4765
4766@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
4767
4768@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
4769
4770@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4771
4772@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4773
4774@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4775
4776@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4777
4778@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4779
4780@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4781
4782@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
4783
4784@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4785
4786@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
4787
4788@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
4789
4790@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
4791
4792@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
4793
4794@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
4795
4796@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
4797
4798@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
4799
4800@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
4801
4802@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
4803
4804@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
4805
4806@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
4807
4808@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
4809
4810@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
4811
4812@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
4813
4814@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
4815
4816@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
4817
4818@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
4819
4820@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
4821
4822@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
4823
4824@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
4825
4826@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
4827
4828@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4829
4830@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4831
4832@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4833
4834@node Sections
4835@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4836@c the above section title is WAY too long.  maybe cut the part between
4837@c the (...)?  --mew 10feb93
4838
4839An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4840data.  In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4841section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4842section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4843section}, which holds uninitialized data.  Some systems have other kinds
4844of sections.
4845
4846@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4847@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4848The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4849is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4850as described below.  The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4851initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4852They may however depend on command-line flags.
4853
4854@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4855use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4856to be string literals.
4857
4858Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4859section is selected.  If your assembler falls into this category, you
4860should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4861@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4862
4863You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4864@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4865in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}.  The same is true of
4866@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  If you do not
4867create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4868reuse @code{text_section}.
4869
4870All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4871if the target does not provide them.
4872
4873@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4874A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4875assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4876Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4877@end defmac
4878
4879@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4880If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4881frequently executed functions of the program.  If not defined, GCC will provide
4882a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4883@end defmac
4884
4885@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4886If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4887executed functions in the program.
4888@end defmac
4889
4890@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4891A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4892assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4893data.  Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4894@end defmac
4895
4896@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4897If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4898containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4899initialized, writable small data.
4900@end defmac
4901
4902@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4903A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4904assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4905data.
4906@end defmac
4907
4908@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4909If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4910containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4911uninitialized global data.  If not defined, and
4912@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
4913uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4914@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4915used.
4916@end defmac
4917
4918@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4919If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4920containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4921uninitialized, writable small data.
4922@end defmac
4923
4924@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4925If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4926assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4927common data.  The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4928@end defmac
4929
4930@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4931If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4932containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section.  The
4933default is @code{'T'}.
4934@end defmac
4935
4936@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4937If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4938containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4939initialization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4940not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4941variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4942@end defmac
4943
4944@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4945If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4946containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4947finalization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4948not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4949variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4950@end defmac
4951
4952@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4953If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4954containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4955part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4956defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4957both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4958@end defmac
4959
4960@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4961If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4962containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4963part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4964defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4965both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4966@end defmac
4967
4968@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4969If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4970via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4971the text section.  This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4972@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4973to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4974sections.  By default, this macro uses a simple function call.  Some
4975ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4976registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4977constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4978@end defmac
4979
4980@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
4981If defined, a string which names the section into which small
4982variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go.  This is useful
4983when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
4984you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
4985they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
4986expects.  For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
4987MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
4988require small data support from your application, but use this macro
4989to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
4990access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
4991@end defmac
4992
4993@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
4994If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
4995arbitrary boundary.  This is used to force all fragments of the
4996@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
4997and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
4998@end defmac
4999
5000@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
5001Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
5002tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
5003section, along with the assembler instructions.  Otherwise, the
5004readonly data section is used.
5005
5006This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
5007@end defmac
5008
5009@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
5010
5011@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
5012
5013@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
5014
5015@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
5016Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
5017for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
5018
5019In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
5020function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
5021it is unlikely to be called.
5022@end defmac
5023
5024@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
5025
5026@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
5027
5028@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
5029
5030@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
5031
5032@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
5033
5034@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5035
5036@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
5037
5038@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
5039
5040@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
5041
5042@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
5043
5044@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
5045
5046@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
5047
5048@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
5049
5050
5051@node PIC
5052@section Position Independent Code
5053@cindex position independent code
5054@cindex PIC
5055
5056This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
5057independent code.  Simply defining these macros is not enough to
5058generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
5059@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
5060@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}.  You
5061must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
5062when the source operand contains a symbolic address.  You may also
5063need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
5064relative addresses.
5065@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
5066@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
5067
5068@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5069The register number of the register used to address a table of static
5070data addresses in memory.  In some cases this register is defined by a
5071processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@.  When this macro
5072is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
5073pointer and frame pointer registers.  If this macro is not defined, it
5074is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
5075necessary).  Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5076when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5077@end defmac
5078
5079@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
5080A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5081@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls.  If not defined,
5082the default is zero.  Do not define
5083this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5084@end defmac
5085
5086@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5087A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5088operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5089You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5090check this.  You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5091check it either.  You need not define this macro if all constants
5092(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5093position independent code.
5094@end defmac
5095
5096@node Assembler Format
5097@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5098
5099This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5100to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5101instructions do.
5102
5103@menu
5104* File Framework::       Structural information for the assembler file.
5105* Data Output::          Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5106* Uninitialized Data::   Output of uninitialized variables.
5107* Label Output::         Output and generation of labels.
5108* Initialization::       General principles of initialization
5109                         and termination routines.
5110* Macros for Initialization::
5111                         Specific macros that control the handling of
5112                         initialization and termination routines.
5113* Instruction Output::   Output of actual instructions.
5114* Dispatch Tables::      Output of jump tables.
5115* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5116* Alignment Output::     Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5117@end menu
5118
5119@node File Framework
5120@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5121@cindex assembler format
5122@cindex output of assembler code
5123
5124@c prevent bad page break with this line
5125This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5126
5127@findex default_file_start
5128@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
5129
5130@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
5131
5132@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
5133
5134@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
5135
5136@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5137Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5138special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5139the stack being executable.  If your system uses this convention, you
5140should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function.  If you
5141need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5142this function.
5143@end deftypefun
5144
5145@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
5146
5147@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
5148
5149@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
5150
5151@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5152A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5153assembler language.  The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5154the end of the line.
5155@end defmac
5156
5157@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5158A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5159statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5160@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5161assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5162that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5163@end defmac
5164
5165@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5166A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5167statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5168@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5169time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5170@end defmac
5171
5172@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5173A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5174which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5175the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5176
5177This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5178for the file format in use is appropriate.
5179@end defmac
5180
5181@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5182
5183@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5184
5185@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5186A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5187@var{stream}.  If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5188in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5189the assembler source.  So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5190of the filename using this macro.
5191@end defmac
5192
5193@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
5194
5195@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
5196
5197@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5198
5199@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5200This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
5201It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
5202@end deftypevr
5203
5204@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5205@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
5206
5207@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
5208
5209@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
5210
5211@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
5212
5213@need 2000
5214@node Data Output
5215@subsection Output of Data
5216
5217
5218@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
5219
5220@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
5221
5222@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5223
5224@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
5225
5226@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5227A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5228instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5229bytes at @var{ptr}.  @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5230@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5231
5232If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5233Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5234@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5235@end defmac
5236
5237@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5238A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5239@var{decl}.  This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5240is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5241@end defmac
5242
5243@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5244You may define this macro as a C expression.  You should define the
5245expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5246pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5247GCC should output the constant pool after the function.  If you do
5248not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5249pool before the function.
5250@end defmac
5251
5252@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5253A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5254constant pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving
5255the name of the function.  Should the return type of the function
5256be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size}
5257is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5258immediately after this call.
5259
5260If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5261not be defined.
5262@end defmac
5263
5264@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5265A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5266constant pool, if it needs special treatment.  (This macro need not do
5267anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5268
5269The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5270assembler code on.  @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5271output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5272@samp{const_int}).  @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5273@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5274alignment.
5275
5276The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5277the address of this pool entry.  The definition of this macro is
5278responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5279Here is how to do this:
5280
5281@smallexample
5282@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5283@end smallexample
5284
5285When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5286@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}.  This will prevent the same pool
5287entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5288
5289You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5290@end defmac
5291
5292@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5293A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5294pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5295function.  Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5296obtain it via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5297constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5298
5299If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5300define this macro.
5301@end defmac
5302
5303@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5304Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5305used as a logical line separator by the assembler.  @var{STR} points
5306to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5307a line separator uses multiple characters.
5308
5309If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5310the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5311@end defmac
5312
5313@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
5314
5315These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5316of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5317
5318@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5319@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5320@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5321@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5322@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5323@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5324These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5325target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5326the variable @var{l}.  For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5327@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5328simple @code{long int}.  For the others, it should be an array of
5329@code{long int}.  The number of elements in this array is determined
5330by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5331it go in each @code{long int} array element.  Each array element holds
533232 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5333on the host machine.
5334
5335The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5336using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5337machine's memory.
5338@end defmac
5339
5340@node Uninitialized Data
5341@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5342
5343Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5344outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5345
5346@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5347A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5348@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5349@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5350is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.  It is
5351possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5352other member than a zero-length array is defined.  In this case, the
5353backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5354byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5355equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5356the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5357an ordinary undefined external.
5358
5359Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5360output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5361assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5362
5363This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5364common global variables are output.
5365@end defmac
5366
5367@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5368Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5369separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5370place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5371handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5372as the number of bits.
5373@end defmac
5374
5375@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5376Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5377variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5378is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5379in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5380@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5381the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5382@end defmac
5383
5384@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5385A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5386@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
5387@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{alignment}
5388is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
5389
5390Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5391@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro.  If unable, use the expression
5392@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5393before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5394the name, and a newline.
5395
5396There are two ways of handling global BSS@.  One is to define this macro.
5397The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5398switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5399You do not need to do both.
5400
5401Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5402non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5403efficiently.  C++ is one example of this.  However, if the target does
5404not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5405common in order to save space in the object file.
5406@end defmac
5407
5408@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5409A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5410@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5411@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5412is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5413
5414Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5415output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5416assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5417
5418This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5419static variables are output.
5420@end defmac
5421
5422@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5423Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5424separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5425place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5426handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5427as the number of bits.
5428@end defmac
5429
5430@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5431Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL} except that @var{decl} of the
5432variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5433is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5434in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DECL} and
5435@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5436the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5437@end defmac
5438
5439@node Label Output
5440@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5441
5442@c prevent bad page break with this line
5443This is about outputting labels.
5444
5445@findex assemble_name
5446@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5447A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5448@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5449Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5450output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5451assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5452definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5453@end defmac
5454
5455@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5456A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5457@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5458a function.
5459Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5460output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5461assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5462definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5463
5464If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5465usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5466@end defmac
5467
5468@findex assemble_name_raw
5469@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5470Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5471to refer to a compiler-generated label.  The default definition uses
5472@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5473that it is more efficient.
5474@end defmac
5475
5476@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5477A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5478size of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5479default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5480systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5481
5482Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5483of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5484for your system.  If you need your own custom definitions of those
5485macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5486define this macro.
5487@end defmac
5488
5489@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5490A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5491@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5492symbol @var{name} is @var{size}.  @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5493If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5494provided.
5495@end defmac
5496
5497@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5498A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5499@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5500the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5501address.
5502
5503If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5504provided.  The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5505@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5506the difference between this and another symbol.  If your assembler does
5507not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5508to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5509@end defmac
5510
5511@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5512Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5513@samp{$} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in
5514G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers.  If this macro is defined,
5515@samp{.} is used instead.
5516@end defmac
5517
5518@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5519Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5520@samp{.} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in G++
5521have names that use @samp{.}.  If this macro is defined, these names
5522are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5523@end defmac
5524
5525@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5526A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5527type of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5528default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5529systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5530
5531Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5532@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5533custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5534types at all, do not define this macro.
5535@end defmac
5536
5537@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5538A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5539the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}.  On systems that use ELF, the
5540default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5541the default is not to define this macro.
5542
5543Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5544@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5545custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5546types at all, do not define this macro.
5547@end defmac
5548
5549@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5550A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5551@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5552symbol @var{name} is @var{type}.  @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5553that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5554you should not count on this.
5555
5556If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5557definition of this macro is provided.
5558@end defmac
5559
5560@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5561A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5562@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5563function which is being defined.  This macro is responsible for
5564outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5565@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).  The argument @var{decl} is the
5566@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5567
5568If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5569usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
5570
5571You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5572of this macro.
5573@end defmac
5574
5575@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5576A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5577@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5578which is being defined.  The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5579function.  The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5580representing the function.
5581
5582If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5583
5584You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5585of this macro.
5586@end defmac
5587
5588@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5589A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5590@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5591initialized variable which is being defined.  This macro must output the
5592label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).  The argument
5593@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5594
5595If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5596usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5597
5598You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5599@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5600@end defmac
5601
5602@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
5603
5604@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5605A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5606@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5607for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5608
5609If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5610nothing.
5611@end defmac
5612
5613@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5614A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5615once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5616chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5617initializer.  This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5618something about the size of the object.
5619
5620If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5621nothing.
5622
5623You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5624@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5625@end defmac
5626
5627@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
5628
5629@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
5630
5631@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5632
5633@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5634A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5635@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5636that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5637no other definition is available.  Use the expression
5638@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5639itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5640for making that name weak, and a newline.
5641
5642If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5643support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5644macro.
5645@end defmac
5646
5647@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5648Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5649@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5650or variable decl.  If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5651should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5652defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5653@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5654to make @var{name} weak.
5655@end defmac
5656
5657@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5658Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5659symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics.  @code{decl} is the
5660declaration of @code{name}.
5661@end defmac
5662
5663@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
5664A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5665supports weak symbols.
5666
5667If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5668definition.  If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
5669is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5670@end defmac
5671
5672@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5673A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5674
5675If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5676definition.  The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}.  Define
5677this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5678flag such as @option{-melf}.
5679@end defmac
5680
5681@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5682A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5683public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5684be discarded by the linker.  Define this macro if your object file
5685format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5686section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5687requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5688@end defmac
5689
5690@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5691A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5692semantics.
5693
5694If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5695definition.  If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5696definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.  Define this macro if
5697you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5698setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5699be emitted as one-only.
5700@end defmac
5701
5702@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
5703
5704@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5705A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5706that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5707The default is @code{0}.
5708
5709Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5710if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5711will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5712symbol should not be weak.  Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5713thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5714(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5715with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5716
5717The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero.  Define this macro for
5718targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5719restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5720table of contents.
5721@end defmac
5722
5723@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5724A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5725@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5726symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5727not defined.  The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5728declaration.
5729
5730This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5731The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5732@end defmac
5733
5734@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
5735
5736@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
5737
5738@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5739A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5740@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5741@var{name}.  This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5742is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5743systems.  This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5744@end defmac
5745
5746@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5747
5748@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5749A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5750@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}.  If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5751will be used to output the name of the symbol.  This macro may be used
5752to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5753encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5754@end defmac
5755
5756@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5757A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5758result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.  If not defined,
5759@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5760This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5761specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5762when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5763being taken.
5764@end defmac
5765
5766@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
5767
5768@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5769A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5770label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5771@var{num}.  This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5772may need to be treated differently than branch target labels.  On some
5773systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5774bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5775bundles.
5776
5777If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5778used.
5779@end defmac
5780
5781@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5782A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5783is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5784
5785This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5786produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5787with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5788
5789If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5790output the rest of the string unchanged.  It is often convenient for
5791@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way.  If the
5792string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5793to output the string, and may change it.  (Of course,
5794@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5795you should know what it does on your machine.)
5796@end defmac
5797
5798@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5799A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5800@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5801@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5802added.  Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5803
5804The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5805produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5806@var{name}.  Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5807assembler code.  The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5808macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5809internal static variables in different scopes.
5810
5811Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5812conflict with the user's own symbols.  Most assemblers allow periods
5813or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5814between the name and the number will suffice.
5815
5816If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5817which is correct for most systems.
5818@end defmac
5819
5820@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5821A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5822which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5823
5824@findex SET_ASM_OP
5825If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5826correct for most systems.
5827@end defmac
5828
5829@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5830A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5831which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5832to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}.  This macro will
5833be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5834the tree nodes are available.
5835
5836@findex SET_ASM_OP
5837If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5838correct for most systems.
5839@end defmac
5840
5841@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5842A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5843(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5844of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5845current compilation unit.  The default is to not defer output of defines.
5846This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5847@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5848@end defmac
5849
5850@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5851A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5852which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5853@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5854an undefined weak symbol.
5855
5856Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5857@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5858@end defmac
5859
5860@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5861Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5862Objective-C methods.
5863
5864The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5865class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}).  For methods in categories, the name of
5866the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5867@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5868
5869These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5870the method's selector is not present in the name.  Therefore, particular
5871systems define other ways of computing names.
5872
5873@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5874buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5875@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
587650 characters extra.
5877
5878The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5879method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5880@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5881in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5882
5883On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5884macro to provide more human-readable names.
5885@end defmac
5886
5887@node Initialization
5888@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5889@cindex initialization routines
5890@cindex termination routines
5891@cindex constructors, output of
5892@cindex destructors, output of
5893
5894The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5895(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5896data in the program when the program is started.  These functions need
5897to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5898@code{main} is called.
5899
5900Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5901@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5902terminates.
5903
5904To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5905must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5906be called at the appropriate time.  When you port the compiler to a new
5907system, you need to specify how to do this.
5908
5909There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5910initialization and termination functions.  Each way has two variants.
5911Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5912
5913@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5914@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5915The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5916initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5917termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5918
5919Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
59200, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5921the environment).  This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5922pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5923pointer containing zero.
5924
5925Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5926@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5927time and exit time.  Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5928list; destructors in forward order.
5929
5930The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5931formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections.  A section is set
5932aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5933Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}.  Each
5934object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5935the constructor section to point to that function.  The linker
5936accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5937Termination functions are handled similarly.
5938
5939This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5940@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined.  A target that does not
5941support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5942constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5943and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5944
5945When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5946upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called.  On systems that
5947support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5948parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section.  The
5949program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5950
5951@smallexample
5952ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
5953@end smallexample
5954
5955The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
5956section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}.  Likewise
5957for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section.  Normally these
5958files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
5959are provided by GCC for a few targets.
5960
5961The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
5962compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}.  They contain, among other things, code
5963fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
5964to routines in the @code{.text} section.  The linker will pull all parts
5965of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
5966that invokes the routines we need at startup.
5967
5968To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5969macro properly.
5970
5971If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
5972@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
5973entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
5974it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
5975after the function prologue.  The @code{__main} function is defined
5976in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
5977
5978In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
5979two variants.  In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
5980and an `a.out' format must be used.  In this case,
5981@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
5982entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
5983and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
5984code as its value.  The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
5985the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
5986placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
5987a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
5988@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly.  Since no init
5989section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
5990the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
5991the initialization process.
5992
5993The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
5994This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
5995file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@.  In
5996this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
5997termination functions are recognized simply by their names.  This requires
5998an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}.  This program
5999pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
6000the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
6001initialization and termination functions.  These functions are called
6002via @code{__main} as described above.  In order to use this method,
6003@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
6004
6005@ifinfo
6006The following section describes the specific macros that control and
6007customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
6008@end ifinfo
6009
6010@node Macros for Initialization
6011@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
6012
6013Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
6014and termination functions:
6015
6016@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6017If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
6018operation to identify the following data as initialization code.  If not
6019defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  When you are
6020using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
6021macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
6022run the initialization functions.
6023@end defmac
6024
6025@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
6026If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
6027This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
6028on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
6029be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
6030@end defmac
6031
6032@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
6033If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6034the following symbol is an initialization routine.
6035@end defmac
6036
6037@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
6038If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6039the following symbol is a finalization routine.
6040@end defmac
6041
6042@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6043If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6044automatically called when a shared library is loaded.  The function
6045should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
6046the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6047function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6048
6049This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6050shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6051exception tables embedded in the code.
6052@end defmac
6053
6054@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6055If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6056automatically called when a shared library is unloaded.  The function
6057should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
6058the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6059function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6060@end defmac
6061
6062@defmac INVOKE__main
6063If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6064@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  This macro should be defined for systems
6065where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6066useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6067@end defmac
6068
6069@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6070If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6071compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6072of objects.  If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6073encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6074@end defmac
6075
6076@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
6077
6078@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
6079
6080@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
6081
6082If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6083generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6084
6085If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6086constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6087an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6088
6089On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6090@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6091
6092@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6093Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6094object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6095object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6096
6097This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6098part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6099@end defmac
6100
6101@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6102Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6103to execute @command{nm}.  The default is to search the path normally for
6104@command{nm}.
6105@end defmac
6106
6107@defmac NM_FLAGS
6108@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6109constructors and destructors and LTO info.  By default, @option{-n} is
6110passed.  Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
6111are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
6112produces.
6113@end defmac
6114
6115If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6116dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6117these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6118termination functions in shared libraries:
6119
6120@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6121Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
6122which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
6123@end defmac
6124
6125@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6126Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6127of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  @var{ptr} is a variable
6128of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6129from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6130code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6131line.  Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6132@end defmac
6133
6134@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6135Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6136library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}).  @command{collect2}
6137strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6138constructor and destructor names.  This define is only needed on targets
6139that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6140@end defmac
6141
6142@node Instruction Output
6143@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6144
6145@c prevent bad page break with this line
6146This describes assembler instruction output.
6147
6148@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6149A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6150registers, each one as a C string constant.  This is what translates
6151register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6152@end defmac
6153
6154@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6155If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6156and a register number.  This macro defines additional names for hard
6157registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6158to registers using alternate names.
6159@end defmac
6160
6161@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6162If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6163name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6164machine registers the name overlaps.  This macro defines additional
6165names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6166declarations to refer to registers using alternate names.  Unlike
6167@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6168register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6169
6170This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6171@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6172register name.  For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6173VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6174``s0'' and ``s1''.
6175@end defmac
6176
6177@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6178Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6179requires different names for the machine instructions.
6180
6181The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6182assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}.  The
6183macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6184points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6185written in the machine description.  The definition should output the
6186opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6187increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6188so that it will not be output twice.
6189
6190In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6191name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6192that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6193care of the substitution yourself.  Just be sure to increment
6194@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6195
6196@findex recog_data.operand
6197If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6198elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6199
6200If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6201in the usual way.
6202@end defmac
6203
6204@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6205If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6206assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6207they will be output differently.
6208
6209Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6210extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6211elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6212The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6213template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6214by changing the contents of the vector.
6215
6216This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6217file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6218can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6219as with rearranged operands).  Naturally, variations in assembler
6220syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6221writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6222
6223If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6224@end defmac
6225
6226@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
6227
6228@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6229A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6230assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}.  @var{x} is an
6231RTL expression.
6232
6233@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6234of printing the operand.  It is used when identical operands must be
6235printed differently depending on the context.  @var{code} comes from
6236the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6237operand.  If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6238@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6239@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6240
6241@findex reg_names
6242If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6243The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6244@code{char *[]}.  @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6245@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6246
6247When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6248(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6249with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6250@var{code}.
6251@end defmac
6252
6253@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6254A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6255punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro.  If
6256@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6257punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6258in this way.
6259@end defmac
6260
6261@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6262A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6263assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6264whose address is @var{x}.  @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6265
6266@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6267On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6268section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the hook
6269@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6270@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  @xref{Assembler
6271Format}.
6272@end defmac
6273
6274@findex dbr_sequence_length
6275@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6276A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6277been output.  If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6278determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6279currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6280or whatever.
6281
6282Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6283reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6284explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6285@end defmac
6286
6287@findex final_sequence
6288Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6289prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6290(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6291found.)  The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6292processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6293being output.
6294
6295@findex asm_fprintf
6296@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6297@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6298@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6299@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6300If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6301@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6302@file{final.c}).  These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6303support multiple assembler formats.  In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6304files can define these macros differently.
6305@end defmac
6306
6307@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6308If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6309statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6310the @code{asm_fprintf} function.  This allows targets to define extra
6311printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6312statements.  Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6313generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6314specific code.  The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6315The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6316string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6317upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6318@end defmac
6319
6320@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6321If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6322different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6323numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6324first variant.
6325
6326If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6327@smallexample
6328@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6329@end smallexample
6330@noindent
6331in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6332first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}.  This construct outputs
6333@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6334@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc.  Any special characters
6335within these strings retain their usual meaning.  If there are fewer
6336alternatives within the braces than the value of
6337@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6338to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6339@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
6340
6341If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6342@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6343operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6344
6345Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6346@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6347the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism.  Define
6348@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6349if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6350opcodes or operand order.
6351@end defmac
6352
6353@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6354A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6355which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6356The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6357profiling.
6358@end defmac
6359
6360@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6361A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6362which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6363The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6364profiling.
6365@end defmac
6366
6367@node Dispatch Tables
6368@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6369
6370@c prevent bad page break with this line
6371This concerns dispatch tables.
6372
6373@cindex dispatch table
6374@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6375A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6376pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6377@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels.  The
6378definitions of these labels are output using
6379@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6380way here.  For example,
6381
6382@smallexample
6383fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6384         @var{value}, @var{rel})
6385@end smallexample
6386
6387You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6388dispatch table are relative to the table's own address.  If defined, GCC
6389will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6390@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6391mode and flags can be read.
6392@end defmac
6393
6394@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6395This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6396in a dispatch table are absolute.
6397
6398The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6399@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6400a label.  @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6401definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6402For example,
6403
6404@smallexample
6405fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6406@end smallexample
6407@end defmac
6408
6409@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6410Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6411specially.  The first three arguments are the same as for
6412@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
6413jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
6414@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6415
6416This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6417for the table.
6418
6419If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6420@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6421@end defmac
6422
6423@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6424Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6425jump-table.  The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6426after the assembler code for the table is written.  It should write
6427the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}.  The argument
6428@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6429of the preceding label.
6430
6431If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6432the jump-table.
6433@end defmac
6434
6435@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
6436
6437@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
6438
6439@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6440
6441@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
6442
6443@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6444
6445@node Exception Region Output
6446@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6447
6448@c prevent bad page break with this line
6449
6450This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6451region.
6452
6453@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6454If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6455exception handling frame unwind information.  If not defined, GCC will
6456provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6457@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6458
6459You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6460unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6461@end defmac
6462
6463@defmac EH_FRAME_IN_DATA_SECTION
6464If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will be placed in the
6465data section even though the target supports named sections.  This
6466might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker does garbage
6467collection and sections cannot be marked as not to be collected.
6468
6469Do not define this macro unless @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is
6470also defined.
6471@end defmac
6472
6473@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6474Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6475information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6476runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6477and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6478@end defmac
6479
6480@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6481An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6482that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6483@end defmac
6484
6485@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6486Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6487information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6488Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
6489@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6490GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
6491@end defmac
6492
6493@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6494This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6495by the target.  If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6496should return @code{UI_TARGET}.  If the target is to use the
6497@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6498should return @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6499information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
6500
6501A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6502This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code.  The
6503default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
6504
6505Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant.  It should
6506not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6507@var{opts}.  In particular, the
6508setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6509macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6510depending on this setting.
6511
6512The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6513@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
6514@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If
6515@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6516must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
6517@end deftypefn
6518
6519@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6520This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
6521tables even when exceptions are not used.  It must not be modified by
6522command-line option processing.
6523@end deftypevr
6524
6525@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6526Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6527should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6528instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6529@end defmac
6530
6531@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6532This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6533defined.  Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6534for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6535is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6536The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6537@end defmac
6538
6539@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6540This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6541function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6542@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  The definition should be the negative minimum
6543alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and the positive
6544minimum alignment otherwise.  @xref{SDB and DWARF}.  Only applicable if
6545the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6546@end defmac
6547
6548@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
6549
6550@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
6551
6552@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6553
6554@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
6555
6556@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
6557
6558@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
6559
6560@node Alignment Output
6561@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6562
6563@c prevent bad page break with this line
6564This describes commands for alignment.
6565
6566@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6567The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6568a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6569
6570This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6571to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6572define the macro.
6573
6574Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6575to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6576@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6577selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6578@end defmac
6579
6580@hook TARGET_ASM_JUMP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
6581
6582@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6583The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6584a @code{BARRIER}.
6585
6586This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6587to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6588define the macro.
6589@end defmac
6590
6591@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER_MAX_SKIP
6592
6593@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6594The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6595a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
6596
6597This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6598to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6599define the macro.
6600
6601Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6602to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6603@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6604selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6605@end defmac
6606
6607@hook TARGET_ASM_LOOP_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
6608
6609@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6610The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6611If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6612the maximum of the specified values is used.
6613
6614Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6615to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6616@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6617selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6618@end defmac
6619
6620@hook TARGET_ASM_LABEL_ALIGN_MAX_SKIP
6621
6622@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6623A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6624instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6625Those bytes should be zero when loaded.  @var{nbytes} will be a C
6626expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6627@end defmac
6628
6629@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6630Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6631text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6632This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6633produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6634section.
6635@end defmac
6636
6637@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6638A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6639command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6640@var{power} bytes.  @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6641@end defmac
6642
6643@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6644Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6645for padding, if necessary.
6646@end defmac
6647
6648@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6649A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6650command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6651@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6652satisfy the alignment request.  @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6653a C expression of type @code{int}.
6654@end defmac
6655
6656@need 3000
6657@node Debugging Info
6658@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6659
6660@c prevent bad page break with this line
6661This describes how to specify debugging information.
6662
6663@menu
6664* All Debuggers::      Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6665* DBX Options::        Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6666* DBX Hooks::          Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6667* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
6668* SDB and DWARF::      Macros for SDB (COFF) and DWARF formats.
6669* VMS Debug::          Macros for VMS debug format.
6670@end menu
6671
6672@node All Debuggers
6673@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6674
6675@c prevent bad page break with this line
6676These macros affect all debugging formats.
6677
6678@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6679A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6680register number @var{regno}.  In the default macro provided, the value
6681of this expression will be @var{regno} itself.  But sometimes there are
6682some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6683versa.  In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6684compiler and another for DBX@.
6685
6686If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6687used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6688consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6689Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6690expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6691
6692If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6693does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6694redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6695@end defmac
6696
6697@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6698A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6699variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The default
6700computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6701gives the offset from the frame-pointer.  This is required for targets
6702that produce debugging output for DBX or COFF-style debugging output
6703for SDB and allow the frame-pointer to be eliminated when the
6704@option{-g} options is used.
6705@end defmac
6706
6707@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6708A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6709having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The nominal offset is
6710@var{offset}.
6711@end defmac
6712
6713@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6714A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6715produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}.  Define
6716this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6717debugging output.  Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
6718@code{SDB_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF_DEBUG}, @code{DWARF2_DEBUG},
6719@code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG}, and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6720
6721When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6722value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6723exceptions.  If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6724value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}.  Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6725defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6726
6727The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6728user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
6729@option{-gcoff}, @option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
6730@end defmac
6731
6732@node DBX Options
6733@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6734
6735@c prevent bad page break with this line
6736These are specific options for DBX output.
6737
6738@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6739Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6740in response to the @option{-g} option.
6741@end defmac
6742
6743@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6744Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6745in response to the @option{-g} option.  This is a variant of DBX format.
6746@end defmac
6747
6748@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6749Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6750GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6751debugging information is enabled at all).  If you don't define the
6752macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6753if there is any occasion to.
6754@end defmac
6755
6756@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6757Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6758in the text section.
6759@end defmac
6760
6761@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6762A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6763use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6764If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used.  This macro
6765applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6766@end defmac
6767
6768@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6769A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6770use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6771value is the current location.  If you don't define this macro,
6772@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used.  This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6773information format.
6774@end defmac
6775
6776@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6777A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6778use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6779name.  If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used.  This
6780macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6781@end defmac
6782
6783@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6784Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6785@samp{xs@var{tagname}}.  On some systems, this construct is used to
6786describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6787On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6788@end defmac
6789
6790@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6791A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6792continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6793exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters).  On some
6794operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6795must not be done.  You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6796with the value zero.  You can override the default splitting-length by
6797defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6798@end defmac
6799
6800@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6801Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6802the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows.  To use
6803a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6804constant for the character you want to use.  Do not define this macro
6805if backslash is correct for your system.
6806@end defmac
6807
6808@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6809Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6810outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6811variable.
6812@end defmac
6813
6814@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6815The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6816for a typedef.  The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6817@end defmac
6818
6819@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6820The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6821for a static variable located in the text section.  DBX format does not
6822provide any ``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6823@end defmac
6824
6825@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6826The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6827for a parameter passed in registers.  DBX format does not provide any
6828``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6829@end defmac
6830
6831@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6832The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6833passed in registers.  DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6834do this.  The default is @code{'P'}.
6835@end defmac
6836
6837@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6838Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6839arguments should precede the assembler code for the function.  Normally,
6840in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6841code.
6842@end defmac
6843
6844@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6845Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6846the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6847relative to the start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses
6848an absolute address.
6849@end defmac
6850
6851@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6852Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6853the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6854start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6855@end defmac
6856
6857@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6858Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6859@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems.  This
6860macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6861number and a type number within the file.  Normally, GCC does not
6862generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6863number for a type number.
6864@end defmac
6865
6866@node DBX Hooks
6867@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6868
6869@c prevent bad page break with this line
6870These are hooks for DBX format.
6871
6872@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6873A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6874number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6875@var{stream}.  @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6876invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6877unique labels in the assembly output.
6878
6879This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6880if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6881@end defmac
6882
6883@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6884Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6885@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6886On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6887disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6888@end defmac
6889
6890@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6891Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6892extension construct.  On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6893feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6894@end defmac
6895
6896@node File Names and DBX
6897@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6898
6899@c prevent bad page break with this line
6900This describes file names in DBX format.
6901
6902@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6903A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6904@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6905file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6906This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6907
6908This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6909for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6910
6911It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6912text section.  You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6913to do so.  If you do this, you must also set the variable
6914@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6915@end defmac
6916
6917@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6918Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6919of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6920the beginning of the file.
6921@end defmac
6922
6923@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6924Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6925that this object file was compiled by GCC@.  The default is to emit
6926an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6927@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6928@end defmac
6929
6930@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6931A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6932compilation of the main source file @var{name}.  Output should be
6933written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6934
6935If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6936of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6937@end defmac
6938
6939@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6940Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6941@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6942the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6943whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6944@end defmac
6945
6946@need 2000
6947@node SDB and DWARF
6948@subsection Macros for SDB and DWARF Output
6949
6950@c prevent bad page break with this line
6951Here are macros for SDB and DWARF output.
6952
6953@defmac SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO
6954Define this macro if GCC should produce COFF-style debugging output
6955for SDB in response to the @option{-g} option.
6956@end defmac
6957
6958@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6959Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6960debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6961
6962@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
6963
6964To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6965define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6966@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6967prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6968as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6969@end defmac
6970
6971@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6972Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
6973Dwarf 2 frame information.  If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6974(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6975exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6976how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
6977@end defmac
6978
6979@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
6980
6981@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6982Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6983line debug info sections.  This will result in much more compact line number
6984tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6985@end defmac
6986
6987@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
6988
6989@hook TARGET_FORCE_AT_COMP_DIR
6990
6991@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
6992
6993@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
6994
6995@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
6996
6997@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6998A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6999@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7000@end defmac
7001
7002@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7003A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7004between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g. instruction
7005slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
7006@end defmac
7007
7008@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{section})
7009A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
7010section-relative reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the
7011given @var{size}.  The label is known to be defined in the given @var{section}.
7012@end defmac
7013
7014@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7015A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
7016reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7017@end defmac
7018
7019@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
7020A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
7021the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section.  This
7022is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
7023is referenced by a function.
7024@end defmac
7025
7026@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
7027
7028@defmac PUT_SDB_@dots{}
7029Define these macros to override the assembler syntax for the special
7030SDB assembler directives.  See @file{sdbout.c} for a list of these
7031macros and their arguments.  If the standard syntax is used, you need
7032not define them yourself.
7033@end defmac
7034
7035@defmac SDB_DELIM
7036Some assemblers do not support a semicolon as a delimiter, even between
7037SDB assembler directives.  In that case, define this macro to be the
7038delimiter to use (usually @samp{\n}).  It is not necessary to define
7039a new set of @code{PUT_SDB_@var{op}} macros if this is the only change
7040required.
7041@end defmac
7042
7043@defmac SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES
7044Define this macro to allow references to unknown structure,
7045union, or enumeration tags to be emitted.  Standard COFF does not
7046allow handling of unknown references, MIPS ECOFF has support for
7047it.
7048@end defmac
7049
7050@defmac SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES
7051Define this macro to allow references to structure, union, or
7052enumeration tags that have not yet been seen to be handled.  Some
7053assemblers choke if forward tags are used, while some require it.
7054@end defmac
7055
7056@defmac SDB_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line})
7057A C statement to output SDB debugging information before code for line
7058number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
7059@var{stream}.  The default is to emit an @code{.ln} directive.
7060@end defmac
7061
7062@need 2000
7063@node VMS Debug
7064@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
7065
7066@c prevent bad page break with this line
7067Here are macros for VMS debug format.
7068
7069@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7070Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
7071in response to the @option{-g} option.  The default behavior for VMS
7072is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
7073@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}.  This
7074behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
7075@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
7076@end defmac
7077
7078@node Floating Point
7079@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
7080@cindex cross compilation and floating point
7081@cindex floating point and cross compilation
7082
7083While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7084there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers.  This
7085means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7086in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7087doing the compilation.
7088
7089Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7090range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7091the target machine's format.  Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7092safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7093the target's arithmetic.  To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7094emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7095target floating point formats are identical.
7096
7097The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7098use.  All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7099floating-point calculations must use these macros.  They may evaluate
7100their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7101
7102@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7103The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7104machine's format.  Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7105array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7106quantity.
7107@end defmac
7108
7109@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y})
7110Compares for equality the two values, @var{x} and @var{y}.  If the target
7111floating point format supports negative zeroes and/or NaNs,
7112@samp{REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (-0.0, 0.0)} is true, and
7113@samp{REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (NaN, NaN)} is false.
7114@end deftypefn
7115
7116@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUES_LESS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y})
7117Tests whether @var{x} is less than @var{y}.
7118@end deftypefn
7119
7120@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7121Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7122@end deftypefn
7123
7124@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7125Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero.  If
7126@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7127@end deftypefn
7128
7129@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
7130Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7131representation for mode @var{mode}.  This routine can handle both
7132decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7133defined by the C language for both.
7134@end deftypefn
7135
7136@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7137Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7138@end deftypefn
7139
7140@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7141Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7142@end deftypefn
7143
7144@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7145Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7146@end deftypefn
7147
7148@deftypefn Macro void REAL_ARITHMETIC (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{output}, enum tree_code @var{code}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x}, REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{y})
7149Calculates an arithmetic operation on the two floating point values
7150@var{x} and @var{y}, storing the result in @var{output} (which must be a
7151variable).
7152
7153The operation to be performed is specified by @var{code}.  Only the
7154following codes are supported: @code{PLUS_EXPR}, @code{MINUS_EXPR},
7155@code{MULT_EXPR}, @code{RDIV_EXPR}, @code{MAX_EXPR}, @code{MIN_EXPR}.
7156
7157If @code{REAL_ARITHMETIC} is asked to evaluate division by zero and the
7158target's floating point format cannot represent infinity, it will call
7159@code{abort}.  Callers should check for this situation first, using
7160@code{MODE_HAS_INFINITIES}.  @xref{Storage Layout}.
7161@end deftypefn
7162
7163@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7164Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7165@end deftypefn
7166
7167@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7168Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7169@end deftypefn
7170
7171@node Mode Switching
7172@section Mode Switching Instructions
7173@cindex mode switching
7174The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7175
7176@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7177Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7178switching in an optimizing compilation.
7179
7180For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7181floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7182the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7183operation, this bit has to be set.  Changing the PR bit requires a general
7184purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
7185be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you can't put this into instruction emitting
7186or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7187
7188You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7189which entities actually need it.  @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7190return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7191If you define this macro, you also have to define
7192@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7193@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7194@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
7195are optional.
7196@end defmac
7197
7198@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7199If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7200initializer for an array of integers.  Each initializer element
7201N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7202of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7203The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7204zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7205entity in question.
7206In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7207represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1.  N is used to specify that no mode
7208switch is needed / supplied.
7209@end defmac
7210
7211@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
7212
7213@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
7214
7215@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
7216
7217@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
7218
7219@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
7220
7221@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
7222
7223@node Target Attributes
7224@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7225@cindex target attributes
7226@cindex machine attributes
7227@cindex attributes, target-specific
7228
7229Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7230These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7231be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7232
7233@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
7234
7235@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
7236
7237@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7238
7239@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7240
7241@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7242
7243@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
7244
7245@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7246
7247@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7248Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7249@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}.  By
7250default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7251@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  The current implementation
7252of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7253on this implementation detail.
7254@end defmac
7255
7256@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
7257
7258@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
7259
7260@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
7261
7262@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
7263
7264@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
7265
7266@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7267
7268@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
7269
7270@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
7271
7272@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
7273
7274@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
7275
7276@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
7277
7278@node Emulated TLS
7279@section Emulating TLS
7280@cindex Emulated TLS
7281
7282For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7283specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7284used.  A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7285configured for the requirements of a particular target.  For instance
7286the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7287layer.
7288
7289The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7290object.  To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7291which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7292address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7293
7294@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
7295
7296@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
7297
7298@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
7299
7300@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
7301
7302@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
7303
7304@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
7305
7306@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
7307
7308@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
7309
7310@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
7311
7312@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
7313
7314@node MIPS Coprocessors
7315@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7316@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7317
7318The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7319coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers.  GCC supports
7320accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7321and memory using asm-ized variables.  For example:
7322
7323@smallexample
7324  register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7325  unsigned int d;
7326
7327  d = cp0count + 3;
7328@end smallexample
7329
7330(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7331names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7332overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7333
7334Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7335be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7336later in the function.
7337
7338Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7339the FPU@.  One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7340floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7341
7342@node PCH Target
7343@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7344@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7345
7346@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
7347
7348@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
7349
7350@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
7351
7352@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7353
7354@node C++ ABI
7355@section C++ ABI parameters
7356@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7357
7358@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
7359
7360@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
7361
7362@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
7363
7364@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
7365
7366@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
7367
7368@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
7369
7370@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
7371
7372@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7373
7374@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7375
7376@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
7377
7378@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
7379
7380@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
7381
7382@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7383
7384@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7385
7386@node Named Address Spaces
7387@section Adding support for named address spaces
7388@cindex named address spaces
7389
7390The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7391standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7392support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7393processors to specify alternate address spaces.  You can configure a
7394GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7395address spaces other than the default address space.  These address
7396spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7397@code{const} type attributes.
7398
7399Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7400pointers to the generic address space.
7401
7402For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7403to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7404processor.  Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7405issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7406local processor memory address space.  Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7407address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7408@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7409always 32 bits).
7410
7411Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7412range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7413address space.
7414
7415To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7416the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine.  For example,
7417the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7418named address space #1:
7419@smallexample
7420#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7421c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7422@end smallexample
7423
7424@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
7425
7426@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
7427
7428@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
7429
7430@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
7431
7432@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
7433
7434@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
7435
7436@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
7437
7438@node Misc
7439@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7440@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7441
7442@c prevent bad page break with this line
7443Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7444
7445@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7446Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7447has conditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7448conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7449blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7450set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7451to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7452@end defmac
7453
7454@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7455Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7456has unconditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7457conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7458blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7459set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7460to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7461@end defmac
7462
7463@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7464An alias for a machine mode name.  This is the machine mode that
7465elements of a jump-table should have.
7466@end defmac
7467
7468@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7469Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7470when the minimum and maximum offset are known.  If you define this,
7471it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7472To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7473make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7474The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7475flags can be updated.
7476@end defmac
7477
7478@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7479Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7480should contain relative addresses.  You need not define this macro if
7481jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7482contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7483is in effect.
7484@end defmac
7485
7486@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
7487
7488@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
7489Define this macro if operations between registers with integral mode
7490smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register.
7491Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
7492@end defmac
7493
7494@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7495Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7496memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7497bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7498zero-extension of the data read.  Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7499of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7500insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7501@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7502
7503This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7504greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7505value in this case.  Do not define this macro if it would always return
7506@code{UNKNOWN}.  On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7507define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7508
7509You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7510the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
7511of these hard registers @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero
7512when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7513integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7514
7515You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
7516mode, @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
7517@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7518is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7519@end defmac
7520
7521@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
7522Define this macro if loading short immediate values into registers sign
7523extends.
7524@end defmac
7525
7526@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
7527
7528@defmac MOVE_MAX
7529The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7530between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7531@end defmac
7532
7533@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7534The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7535between memory and registers or between two memory locations.  If this
7536is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}.  Otherwise, it is the
7537constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7538at run-time.
7539@end defmac
7540
7541@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7542A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7543actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7544of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted.  When
7545this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7546a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7547truncates the count of a shift operation.  On machines that have
7548instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7549include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7550also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7551arguments to bit-field instructions.
7552
7553If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7554position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7555instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7556
7557However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7558only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7559bit-field operations.  Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7560such machines.  Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7561the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7562
7563You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7564@end defmac
7565
7566@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7567@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
7568
7569@defmac TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (@var{outprec}, @var{inprec})
7570A C expression which is nonzero if on this machine it is safe to
7571``convert'' an integer of @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec}
7572bits (where @var{outprec} is smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely
7573operating on it as if it had only @var{outprec} bits.
7574
7575On many machines, this expression can be 1.
7576
7577@c rearranged this, removed the phrase "it is reported that".  this was
7578@c to fix an overfull hbox.  --mew 10feb93
7579When @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} returns 1 for a pair of sizes for
7580modes for which @code{MODES_TIEABLE_P} is 0, suboptimal code can result.
7581If this is the case, making @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} return 0 in
7582such cases may improve things.
7583@end defmac
7584
7585@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
7586
7587@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7588A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7589with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7590(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true.  This description must
7591apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7592comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7593
7594A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7595comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7596and 0 when the comparison is false.  Otherwise, the value indicates
7597which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7598true.  This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7599operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7600@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern.  Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7601@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on.  Presently, only those bits are used by
7602the compiler.
7603
7604If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7605generate code that depends only on the specified bits.  It can also
7606replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7607the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7608For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7609@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7610@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7611expression
7612
7613@smallexample
7614(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7615@end smallexample
7616
7617@noindent
7618can be converted to
7619
7620@smallexample
7621(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7622@end smallexample
7623
7624@noindent
7625where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7626tested into the sign bit.
7627
7628There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7629for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7630but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction.  If you
7631are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7632perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7633comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7634
7635Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7636from a comparison (or the condition codes).  Here are rules to guide the
7637choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7638to be used:
7639
7640@itemize @bullet
7641@item
7642Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7643@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}.  It is more efficient for the compiler to
7644``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7645comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7646combine the normalization with other operations.
7647
7648@item
7649For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7650slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7651other machines.
7652
7653@item
7654As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7655exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7656others.
7657
7658@item
7659Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7660@end itemize
7661
7662Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7663@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7664instructions.  On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7665those cases, e.g., one matching
7666
7667@smallexample
7668(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7669@end smallexample
7670
7671Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7672condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7673@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}.  On those
7674machines, define the appropriate patterns.  Use the names @code{incscc}
7675and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7676@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values.  See
7677@file{rs6000.md} for some examples.  The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
7678find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7679
7680If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used.  You need
7681not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7682instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7683@end defmac
7684
7685@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7686A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7687returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7688Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7689floating-point values.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7690this macro.
7691@end defmac
7692
7693@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7694A C expression that gives a rtx representing the nonzero true element
7695for vector comparisons.  The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7696mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode.  Define
7697this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7698return a vector result.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7699this macro.  Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7700@code{constm1_rtx}.  This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7701the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7702given mode.
7703@end defmac
7704
7705@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7706@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7707A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
7708for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
7709A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7710If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7711evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7712entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
7713the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
7714In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
7715this value.
7716
7717If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7718@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7719
7720This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7721relies on a particular value to get correct results.  Otherwise it
7722is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7723to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7724
7725Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7726and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7727visible to the user.  Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7728to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7729breaking the API@.
7730@end defmac
7731
7732@defmac Pmode
7733An alias for the machine mode for pointers.  On most machines, define
7734this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7735pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7736On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7737modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7738
7739The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7740@code{POINTER_SIZE}.  If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7741@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7742to @code{Pmode}.
7743@end defmac
7744
7745@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7746An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7747being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions.  On most CISC machines,
7748where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
7749@code{QImode}.  On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7750size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7751as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7752@end defmac
7753
7754@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7755In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7756constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@.  On some
7757hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7758where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7759strict conformance to the C Standard.
7760
7761Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7762convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7763files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7764@end defmac
7765
7766@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7767
7768@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7769
7770@defmac NO_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7771Define this macro if the system header files support C++ as well as C@.
7772This macro inhibits the usual method of using system header files in
7773C++, which is to pretend that the file's contents are enclosed in
7774@samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
7775@end defmac
7776
7777@findex #pragma
7778@findex pragma
7779@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7780Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7781If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7782@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7783for each pragma.  The macro may also do any
7784setup required for the pragmas.
7785
7786The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7787other compilers for the same target.  In general, we discourage
7788definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7789
7790If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7791defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7792
7793Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded.  All
7794@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7795silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7796@end defmac
7797
7798@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7799@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7800
7801Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7802@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma.  The
7803@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7804pragma of the form
7805
7806@smallexample
7807#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7808@end smallexample
7809
7810@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7811@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace.  The callback
7812routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7813on to cpplib's functions if necessary.  You can lex tokens after the
7814@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}.  Tokens that are not read by the
7815callback will be silently ignored.  The end of the line is indicated by
7816a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}.  Macro expansion occurs on the
7817arguments of pragmas registered with
7818@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7819pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7820
7821Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7822compilers.  It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7823other language compilers for that matter.  Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7824to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7825building the C and C++ compilers.  This can be done by defining the
7826variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7827target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file.  These variables should name
7828the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7829code that uses @code{pragma_lex}.  Note it will also be necessary to add a
7830rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7831how to build this object file.
7832@end deftypefun
7833
7834@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
7835Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
7836arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7837@end defmac
7838
7839@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7840If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7841the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7842This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7843@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7844@end defmac
7845
7846@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7847Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7848identifier names for the C family of languages.  0 means @samp{$} is
7849not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed.  1 is the default;
7850there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7851@end defmac
7852
7853@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7854Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7855delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7856even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7857@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7858every @code{call_insn} has this behavior.  On machines where some @code{insn}
7859or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7860you should define this macro.
7861
7862You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7863@end defmac
7864
7865@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7866Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7867delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7868even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7869@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}.  On machines where
7870some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7871are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7872define this macro.  Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7873instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7874slot of @var{insn}.
7875
7876You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7877@end defmac
7878
7879@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7880Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7881global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7882symbols in another translation unit without user intervention.  For
7883instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7884from shared libraries (DLLs).
7885
7886You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7887@end defmac
7888
7889@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_CLOBBERS
7890
7891@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7892Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
7893in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7894@samp{""} if the target does not have a
7895separate math library.
7896
7897You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
7898@end defmac
7899
7900@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7901Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7902specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7903
7904You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7905is wrong.
7906@end defmac
7907
7908@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7909Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7910functions, access, mkdir and  file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7911Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7912to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7913if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7914for cross-profiling.
7915@end defmac
7916
7917@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7918
7919A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7920conditional execution instructions instead of a branch.  A value of
7921@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and
79221 if it does use cc0.
7923@end defmac
7924
7925@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7926Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7927conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7928@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7929contains information about the currently processed blocks.  @var{true_expr}
7930and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7931then-block and the else-block, respectively.  Set either @var{true_expr} or
7932@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7933@end defmac
7934
7935@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7936Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7937if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7938@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7939being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7940@end defmac
7941
7942@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7943A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7944be converted to conditional execution format.  @var{ce_info} points to
7945a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7946about the currently processed blocks.
7947@end defmac
7948
7949@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7950A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7951converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7952can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7953to by @var{ce_info}.
7954@end defmac
7955
7956@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7957A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7958converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7959can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7960to by @var{ce_info}.
7961@end defmac
7962
7963@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7964A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7965of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7966to by @var{ce_info}.
7967@end defmac
7968
7969@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
7970
7971@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
7972
7973@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
7974
7975@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7976
7977@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_CHKP_FUNCTION
7978@hook TARGET_CHKP_BOUND_TYPE
7979@hook TARGET_CHKP_BOUND_MODE
7980@hook TARGET_CHKP_MAKE_BOUNDS_CONSTANT
7981@hook TARGET_CHKP_INITIALIZE_BOUNDS
7982
7983@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
7984
7985@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
7986
7987@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7988
7989@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
7990
7991@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
7992
7993@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
7994
7995@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7996
7997@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7998
7999@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
8000
8001@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
8002
8003@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
8004
8005@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
8006
8007@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
8008
8009@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
8010
8011@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
8012Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
8013files on your target machine.  If you do not define this macro, GCC will
8014use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
8015@end defmac
8016
8017@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
8018Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
8019automatically added to executable files on your target machine.  If you
8020do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
8021executable files.
8022@end defmac
8023
8024@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
8025If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
8026specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
8027Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
8028object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
8029lists.
8030@end defmac
8031
8032@defmac MODIFY_JNI_METHOD_CALL (@var{mdecl})
8033Define this macro to a C expression representing a variant of the
8034method call @var{mdecl}, if Java Native Interface (JNI) methods
8035must be invoked differently from other methods on your target.
8036For example, on 32-bit Microsoft Windows, JNI methods must be invoked using
8037the @code{stdcall} calling convention and this macro is then
8038defined as this expression:
8039
8040@smallexample
8041build_type_attribute_variant (@var{mdecl},
8042                              build_tree_list
8043                              (get_identifier ("stdcall"),
8044                               NULL))
8045@end smallexample
8046@end defmac
8047
8048@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
8049
8050@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS
8051
8052@hook TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CALLEE_SAVED
8053
8054@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
8055
8056@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
8057
8058@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
8059
8060@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
8061
8062@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
8063If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
8064that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
8065that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
8066constant inline.  When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
8067more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
8068system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
8069The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
8070@end defmac
8071
8072@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8073This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8074target.  The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
8075are present.  The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
8076The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8077@end deftypefn
8078
8079@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8080This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8081target before any standard headers.  The parameter @var{stdinc}
8082indicates if normal include files are present.  The parameter
8083@var{sysroot} is the system root directory.  The parameter
8084@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8085@end deftypefn
8086
8087@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
8088This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
8089The parameter @var{path} is the include to register.  On Darwin
8090systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
8091that are different from @option{-I}.
8092@end deftypefn
8093
8094@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
8095This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
8096for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
8097@code{false} otherwise.  By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
8098functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
8099@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
8100@end defmac
8101
8102@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
8103If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8104target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
8105option.  The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
8106@end defmac
8107
8108@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
8109If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8110@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8111@end defmac
8112
8113@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8114If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8115target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8116default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8117@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8118@end defmac
8119
8120@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8121If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8122@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8123@end defmac
8124
8125@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8126If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8127routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8128and scanf formatter settings.
8129@end defmac
8130
8131@hook TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING
8132
8133@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
8134
8135@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
8136
8137@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
8138
8139@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
8140
8141@hook TARGET_INVALID_PARAMETER_TYPE
8142
8143@hook TARGET_INVALID_RETURN_TYPE
8144
8145@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
8146
8147@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
8148
8149@defmac TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION
8150This macro determines whether to use the JCR section to register Java
8151classes. By default, TARGET_USE_JCR_SECTION is defined to 1 if both
8152SUPPORTS_WEAK and TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS are true, else 0.
8153@end defmac
8154
8155@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8156This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8157NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8158@end defmac
8159
8160@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8161Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
8162to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
8163call stack unwinding.  It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8164and the associated definitions of those functions.
8165@end defmac
8166
8167@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
8168
8169@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
8170
8171@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
8172
8173@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
8174
8175@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8176
8177@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
8178
8179@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
8180
8181@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
8182
8183@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8184
8185@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
8186
8187@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8188
8189@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8190
8191@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8192
8193On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
8194objects.  Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8195to indicate that large integers are stored in
8196@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects.  The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8197very large integer constants to be represented.  @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
8198is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
8199representation.
8200
8201Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
8202@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
8203code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  @samp{"grep -i
8204const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8205need to be made.  There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8206
8207@itemize @bullet
8208@item
8209There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8210@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  This would be difficult to express in the md
8211language since there are a variable number of elements.
8212
8213Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8214value is small.  As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8215since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}.  Of course there
8216are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8217instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8218However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8219code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8220not really a large change.
8221
8222@item
8223Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8224constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8225port in this code.
8226
8227@item
8228The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8229constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8230@end itemize
8231
8232All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
8233maintainer is familiar with.
8234
8235@end defmac
8236